ADC Telecommunications F0851-111 FSN-2525-1-TDD User Manual 77044p9

ADC Telecommunications Inc. FSN-2525-1-TDD 77044p9

User Manual

Download: ADC Telecommunications F0851-111 FSN-2525-1-TDD User Manual 77044p9
Mirror Download [FCC.gov]ADC Telecommunications F0851-111 FSN-2525-1-TDD User Manual 77044p9
Document ID2572832
Application IDs/Qb0l4vtcHboFxX9NVHdA==
Document DescriptionUser Manual
Short Term ConfidentialNo
Permanent ConfidentialNo
SupercedeNo
Document TypeUser Manual
Display FormatAdobe Acrobat PDF - pdf
Filesize483.67kB (6045906 bits)
Date Submitted2015-04-01 00:00:00
Date Available2015-04-01 00:00:00
Creation Date2015-03-17 14:50:46
Producing SoftwareAcrobat Distiller 11.0 (Windows)
Document Lastmod2015-03-31 13:19:28
Document Title77044p9.book
Document CreatorFrameMaker 11.0.2
Document Author: TE106558

InterReach Fusion Wideband
Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
TECP-77-044 · Issue 9 · March 2015
D-620616-0-20 Rev K
Copyright
© 2015 TE Connectivity, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Information contained in this document is company private to TE Connectivity Ltd., and shall not be modified,
used, copied, reproduced or disclosed in whole or in part without the written consent of TE.
Trademark Information
TE Connectivity, TE and TE connectivity (logo) FlexWave, InterReach, InterReach Fusion and InterReach Unison
are trademarks.
All other logos, products and/or company names referred to herein might be trademarks of their respective
owners.
Disclaimer of Liability
The information given herein, including drawings, illustrations and schematics which are intended for illustration
purposes only, is believed to be reliable. However, TE Connectivity makes no warranties as to its accuracy or
completeness and disclaims any liability in connection with its use. TE Connectivity's obligations shall only be as
set forth in TE Connectivity's Standard Terms and Conditions of Sale for this product and in no case will TE
Connectivity be liable for any incidental, indirect or consequential damages arising out of the sale, resale, use or
misuse of the product. Users of TE Connectivity products should make their own evaluation to determine the
suitability of each such product for the specific application.
REVISION HISTORY
ISSUE
DATE
REASON FOR CHANGE
7/2008
10/2008
8/2009
5/2010
9/2011
11/2012
11/2013
7/2014
3/2015
First release
Add Fusion Wideband 1900/AWS product content
Add Fusion Wideband 700/AWS and 700 MIMO product content
Add Fusion Wideband 700 (Lower ABC) MIMO product content
Add Fusion Wideband 2600 MIMO product content
Add Fusion Wideband 700 ABC/AWS HP/AWS HP and Fusion Wideband 700 UC/AWS HP/AWS HP
product content
Add Fusion Wideband 2100 HP/1800 HP and Fusion Wideband 850/1900 HP/AWP HP product content
Add Fusion Wideband 2100 HP/2600 HP product content
Add Fusion Wideband 2500/2500 product content.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Preface ______________________________________________________________________ 1
Purpose and Scope .................................................................................................................................................................. 2
Conventions Used in this Manual............................................................................................................................................. 3
Measurements ...........................................................................................................................................................................3
Document Cautions and Notes...................................................................................................................................................3
Document Fonts .........................................................................................................................................................................3
Related Publications ................................................................................................................................................................ 4
InterReach Fusion Wideband System Description ____________________________________ 5
System Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................... 5
Wireless Standards and Air Interface Protocols .........................................................................................................................6
Configurable Bands.....................................................................................................................................................................6
Key System Features...................................................................................................................................................................6
System Hardware .................................................................................................................................................................... 8
System OA&M Capabilities .................................................................................................................................................... 10
System Monitoring and Reporting ...........................................................................................................................................11
Using Alarm Contacts ...............................................................................................................................................................12
System Connectivity .............................................................................................................................................................. 13
System Operation .................................................................................................................................................................. 14
System Specifications ............................................................................................................................................................ 15
RF End-to-End Performance ................................................................................................................................................... 18
2100/1800 RAU (FSN-W1-2118-1)............................................................................................................................................18
2100 HP/1800 HP (FSN-W1-2118-1-HP)...................................................................................................................................19
2100 HP/2600 HP (FSN-W1-2126-1-HP)...................................................................................................................................20
2100 High Power RAU (FSN-W1-21HP-1) .................................................................................................................................20
1900/AWS RAU (FSN-W1-1921-1) ............................................................................................................................................21
800/850/1900 RAU (FSN-W2-808519-1) ..................................................................................................................................22
700/AWS RAU (FSN-W2-7021-1) ..............................................................................................................................................23
700/700 (Upper C) MIMO RAU (FSN-W2-7575-1)....................................................................................................................24
700/700 (Lower ABC) MIMO RAU (FSN-W2-7070-1)................................................................................................................24
700 ABC/AWS HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W4-702121-1-HP).........................................................................................................25
700 UC/AWS HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W4-752121-1-HP)...........................................................................................................26
850/1900 HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W5-851921-1-HP)................................................................................................................27
2500/2500 RAU (FSN-2525-1-TDD) ..........................................................................................................................................28
2600/2600 RAU (FSN-W3-2626-1)............................................................................................................................................28
Fusion Wideband Main Hub ____________________________________________________ 29
Fusion Wideband Main Hub Overview ................................................................................................................................... 30
Fusion Wideband Main Hub Front Panel ................................................................................................................................ 32
Uplink/Downlink Optical-Fiber Ports........................................................................................................................................33
Main Hub LED Indicators ..........................................................................................................................................................33
Unit STATUS LEDs .............................................................................................................................................................34
Fiber Port LEDs .................................................................................................................................................................35
Communications RS-232 Serial Connector ...............................................................................................................................35
Fusion Wideband Main Hub Rear Panel...................................................................................................................................36
Main Hub Specifications ........................................................................................................................................................ 37
Faults, Warnings, and Status Messages.................................................................................................................................. 38
Events .......................................................................................................................................................................................38
View Alarm Preferences ...........................................................................................................................................................39
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
TECP-77-044
•
Issue 9 •
March 2015
Page iii
©2015 TE Connectivity Ltd.
Table of Contents
Fusion Wideband Expansion Hub ________________________________________________ 41
Expansion Hub Overview ....................................................................................................................................................... 42
Expansion Hub Front Panel ...................................................................................................................................................... 44
Optical Fiber Uplink/Downlink Connectors .............................................................................................................................. 45
LED Indicators........................................................................................................................................................................... 45
Unit Status and DL/UL STATUS LEDs................................................................................................................................. 45
Port STATUS LEDs ............................................................................................................................................................. 47
Expansion Hub Rear Panel ..................................................................................................................................................... 48
Faults, Warnings, and Status Messages.................................................................................................................................. 49
Expansion Hub Specifications................................................................................................................................................. 50
Remote Access Unit ___________________________________________________________ 51
Overview ............................................................................................................................................................................... 52
RAU Front Panel ....................................................................................................................................................................... 55
RAU Back Panel ........................................................................................................................................................................ 56
RAU LED Indicators ................................................................................................................................................................ 57
STATUS LEDs............................................................................................................................................................................. 57
Faults and Warnings .............................................................................................................................................................. 58
Remote Access Unit Specifications......................................................................................................................................... 59
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution ___________________________________________ 61
Design Overview.................................................................................................................................................................... 62
Downlink RSSI Design Goal .................................................................................................................................................... 64
Maximum Output Power Per Carrier...................................................................................................................................... 65
700/AWS RAU (FSN-W2-7021-1).............................................................................................................................................. 66
700 MHz (Upper C) MIMO RAU (FSN-W2-7575-1) ................................................................................................................... 67
700 MHz (Lower ABC) MIMO RAU (FSN-W2-7070-1)............................................................................................................... 67
700 ABC/AWS HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W4-702121-1-HP)......................................................................................................... 68
700 UC/AWS HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W4-752121-1-HP) .......................................................................................................... 69
800/850/1900 RAU (FSN-W2-808519-1).................................................................................................................................. 70
850/1900 HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W5-851921-1-HP)................................................................................................................ 73
1900/AWS RAU (FSN-W1-1921-1)............................................................................................................................................ 75
2100/1800 RAU (FSN-W1-2118-1) ........................................................................................................................................... 77
2100 HP/1800 HP RAU (FSN-W1-2118-1-HP)........................................................................................................................... 78
2100 HP/2600 HP RAU (FSN-W1-2126-1-HP)........................................................................................................................... 79
2100 High Power RAU (FSN-W1-21HP-1) ................................................................................................................................. 80
2500/2500 TDD RAU (FSN-2525-1-TDD) .................................................................................................................................. 80
2600 MHz MIMO RAU (FSN-W3-2626-1) ................................................................................................................................. 80
Designing for Capacity Growth................................................................................................................................................. 81
System Gain........................................................................................................................................................................... 82
Estimating RF Coverage.......................................................................................................................................................... 83
Equation 1 ................................................................................................................................................................................ 83
Equation 2—Path Loss Equation .............................................................................................................................................. 84
Equation 3—RAU Coverage Distance ....................................................................................................................................... 85
Equation 4—Maximum Antenna Coverage.............................................................................................................................. 86
Example Design Estimate for an 1900 MHz CDMA Application ............................................................................................... 88
Link Budget Analysis .............................................................................................................................................................. 90
Elements of a Link Budget for Narrowband Standards ............................................................................................................ 90
Narrowband Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell Application ................................................................................................ 92
Elements of a Link Budget for CDMA Standards ...................................................................................................................... 94
Other CDMA Issues................................................................................................................................................................... 96
CDMA Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell Application .......................................................................................................... 96
Considerations for Re-Radiation (Over-the-Air) Systems......................................................................................................... 99
Optical Power Budget .......................................................................................................................................................... 100
Connecting a Main Hub to a Base Station............................................................................................................................. 101
Uplink Attenuation ................................................................................................................................................................. 102
RAU Attenuation and ALC ...................................................................................................................................................... 102
Using the RAU 10 dB Attenuation Setting ...................................................................................................................... 103
Using the Uplink ALC Setting .......................................................................................................................................... 104
Page iv
© 2015 TE Connectivity Ltd
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
TECP-77-044
•
Issue 9
•
March 2015
Table of Contents
Installing Fusion Wideband ____________________________________________________ 105
Installation Requirements.................................................................................................................................................... 107
Component Location Requirements.......................................................................................................................................107
Cable and Connector Requirements.......................................................................................................................................107
Distance Requirements ..........................................................................................................................................................108
Safety Precautions ............................................................................................................................................................... 109
Installation Guidelines ............................................................................................................................................................109
General Safety Precautions ....................................................................................................................................................109
Fiber Port Safety Precautions .................................................................................................................................................110
Preparing for System Installation ......................................................................................................................................... 111
Pre-Installation Inspection .....................................................................................................................................................111
Installation Checklist...............................................................................................................................................................111
Tools and Materials Required.................................................................................................................................................113
Optional Accessories ..............................................................................................................................................................114
Installing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub ............................................................................................................................... 115
Installing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub in a Rack..................................................................................................................115
Installing an Optional Cable Manager in the Rack..................................................................................................................116
Installing a Main Hub Using the 12” Wall-Mounted Rack (PN 4712) .....................................................................................116
Installing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub Directly to the Wall.................................................................................................117
Connecting the Fiber Cables to the Main Hub .......................................................................................................................118
Prepare the Fiber Cables ................................................................................................................................................118
Clean the Fiber Ports ......................................................................................................................................................118
Using Compressed Air.............................................................................................................................................118
Using Isopropyl Alcohol ..........................................................................................................................................118
Cleaning the Fiber Ends ..................................................................................................................................................119
Testing the Fiber Cables .................................................................................................................................................119
Connecting the Fiber Cables...........................................................................................................................................119
If the fiber jumper is labeled with 1 or 2 ................................................................................................................119
If the Fiber Jumper is Color-Coded .........................................................................................................................120
Making Power Connections....................................................................................................................................................120
AC Powered Main Hub ...................................................................................................................................................120
DC Powered Main Hub and Expansion Hub....................................................................................................................120
Optional Connection to DC Power Source..............................................................................................................................123
Power on the Main Hub .........................................................................................................................................................126
Installing Expansion Hubs .................................................................................................................................................... 127
Installing the Expansion Hub in a Rack ...................................................................................................................................127
Installing an Expansion Hub Using the 12” Wall-Mounted Rack ............................................................................................128
Installing an Expansion Hub Directly to the Wall ...................................................................................................................129
Installing an Optional Cable Manager in the Rack..................................................................................................................129
Powering on the Expansion Hub ............................................................................................................................................130
Connecting the Fiber Cables to the Expansion Hub ...............................................................................................................130
Prepare the Fiber Cables ................................................................................................................................................130
Connect the Fiber Cables................................................................................................................................................130
If the Fiber Jumper Is Labeled with 1 or 2 ..............................................................................................................130
If the Fiber Jumper Is Color-Coded .........................................................................................................................131
Connecting the 75 Ohm CATV Cables.....................................................................................................................................131
Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Installation .....................................................................................................132
Installing RAUs..................................................................................................................................................................... 133
RAU Installation Notes............................................................................................................................................................133
Installing Passive Antennas ....................................................................................................................................................133
Location ..........................................................................................................................................................................133
800/850 MHz Isolation Requirements............................................................................................................................134
800 MHz iDEN Downlink and 850 MHz Cellular Uplink ..................................................................................................135
850 MHz Cellular Downlink and 900 MHz iDEN Uplink ..................................................................................................135
Connecting the Antenna to the RAU ......................................................................................................................................136
Connecting the CATV Cable ....................................................................................................................................................136
Troubleshooting Using RAU LEDs During Installation.............................................................................................................137
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
TECP-77-044
•
Issue 9 •
March 2015
Page v
© 2015 TE Connectivity Ltd.
Table of Contents
Configuring the Fusion Wideband System ............................................................................................................................ 138
Connecting the PC to the Main Hub to Run AdminBrowser .................................................................................................. 138
Programming the Main Hub Using AdminBrowser ................................................................................................................ 139
Using AdminBrowser .............................................................................................................................................................. 140
Splicing Fiber Optic Cable..................................................................................................................................................... 146
Option A: Fusion Wideband Splice the Fiber-Optic Cable to the SC/APC Pigtail.................................................................... 146
Option B: Fusion Wideband Splice the Fiber-Optic Cable to the SC/APC Pigtail.................................................................... 147
Interfacing the Fusion Wideband Main Hub to an RF Source ................................................................................................ 148
Connecting a Fusion Wideband Main Hub to an In-Building BTS........................................................................................... 148
Connecting a Duplex Base Station to a Fusion Wideband Main Hub ..................................................................................... 149
Connecting a Fusion Wideband Main Hub RF Band to Multiple BTSs.................................................................................... 150
Connecting a Fusion Wideband Main Hub to a Roof-Top Antenna ....................................................................................... 151
Connecting a Fusion Wideband Main Hub to Flexwave Focus............................................................................................... 152
Connecting Multiple Fusion Wideband Main Hubs to an RF Source...................................................................................... 152
Connecting Multiple Fusion Wideband Main Hubs to a Simplex Repeater or BTS ........................................................ 152
Connecting Multiple Fusion Wideband Main Hubs to a Duplex Repeater or BTS.......................................................... 154
Connecting Contact Alarms to a Fusion Wideband System ................................................................................................... 156
Alarm Source .......................................................................................................................................................................... 157
Using FlexWave Focus to Monitor Fusion Wideband..................................................................................................... 157
Using a Base Station to Monitor Fusion Wideband........................................................................................................ 158
Using a Base Station and AdminBrowser to Monitor Fusion Wideband........................................................................ 159
Alarm Sense............................................................................................................................................................................ 160
Alarm Cables........................................................................................................................................................................... 161
Alarm Monitoring Connectivity Options............................................................................................................................... 162
Direct Connection................................................................................................................................................................... 162
Modem Connection................................................................................................................................................................ 162
Setting Up Fusion Wideband Modem (USR Modem) Using AdminBrowser .................................................................. 163
Setting Up a PC Modem Using Windows........................................................................................................................ 164
100 BASE-T Port Expander Connection .................................................................................................................................. 169
POTS Line Sharing Switch Connection .................................................................................................................................... 170
Ethernet RF Modem ............................................................................................................................................................... 171
Ethernet LAN Connection....................................................................................................................................................... 172
SNMP Interface ...................................................................................................................................................................... 172
Replacing Fusion Wideband Components ________________________________________ 175
Replacing a RAU................................................................................................................................................................... 176
Replacing a Fusion Wideband Expansion Hub ...................................................................................................................... 177
Replacing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub .............................................................................................................................. 178
Maintenance and Troubleshooting______________________________________________ 181
Maintenance ....................................................................................................................................................................... 182
Cleaning the Fiber Ports ......................................................................................................................................................... 182
Using Compressed Air .................................................................................................................................................... 182
Using Isopropyl Alcohol .................................................................................................................................................. 182
Troubleshooting .................................................................................................................................................................. 183
Troubleshooting Using AdminBrowser................................................................................................................................... 184
System Troubleshooting................................................................................................................................................. 184
Troubleshooting Recommendations .............................................................................................................................. 184
Fault/Warning/Status Indications .................................................................................................................................. 185
Troubleshooting Using LEDs................................................................................................................................................... 185
Troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs During Normal Operation .......................................................................................... 185
Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Normal Operation .................................................................................. 187
Troubleshooting CATV ......................................................................................................................................................... 189
Page vi
© 2015 TE Connectivity Ltd
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
TECP-77-044
•
Issue 9
•
March 2015
Table of Contents
Appendix A: Cables and Connectors _____________________________________________ 191
75 Ohm CATV Cable ............................................................................................................................................................. 192
General Specifications ............................................................................................................................................................192
Recommended CATV Cable Lengths.......................................................................................................................................192
Connectors and Tools for Cable Ends .....................................................................................................................................196
Fiber Optical Cables ............................................................................................................................................................. 197
Coaxial Cable ....................................................................................................................................................................... 198
Standard Modem Cable ....................................................................................................................................................... 199
TCP/IP Cross-Over Cable ...................................................................................................................................................... 200
DB-9 to DB-9 Null Modem Cable .......................................................................................................................................... 201
Appendix B: Compliance ______________________________________________________ 203
Standards Conformance....................................................................................................................................................... 204
Fusion Wideband System Approval Status ........................................................................................................................... 205
700 MHz LTE Products............................................................................................................................................................205
800 SMR/iDEN Products .........................................................................................................................................................205
850 Cellular Products..............................................................................................................................................................205
1800 DCS Products .................................................................................................................................................................205
1900 PCS Products..................................................................................................................................................................205
2100 UMTS Products ..............................................................................................................................................................206
1700/2100 AWS Products ......................................................................................................................................................206
2500 TDD LTE Products ..........................................................................................................................................................206
2600 MHz LTE Products..........................................................................................................................................................206
InterReach Fusion Wideband Main Hub and Expansion Hub.................................................................................................207
Human Exposure to RF......................................................................................................................................................... 208
Appendix C: Faults, Warnings, Status Tables for Fusion, Fusion Wideband, Fusion SingleStar__
209
Faults Reported by Main Hubs ............................................................................................................................................. 210
Faults Reported for System CPU........................................................................................................................................... 213
Faults for Expansion Hubs .................................................................................................................................................... 214
Faults for RAUs .................................................................................................................................................................... 216
Messages for Main Hubs...................................................................................................................................................... 217
Warning Messages .................................................................................................................................................................217
Status Messages .....................................................................................................................................................................217
Messages for System CPUs................................................................................................................................................... 222
Messages for Expansion Hubs .............................................................................................................................................. 223
Messages for RAUs .............................................................................................................................................................. 226
Appendix D: Contacting TE Connectivity _________________________________________ 229
Accessing the TE Customer Portal ........................................................................................................................................ 230
Technical Assistance ............................................................................................................................................................ 231
Contacting TE Connectivity .................................................................................................................................................. 232
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
TECP-77-044
•
Issue 9 •
March 2015
Page vii
© 2015 TE Connectivity Ltd.
Table of Contents
Page viii
© 2015 TE Connectivity Ltd
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
TECP-77-044
•
Issue 9
•
March 2015
PREFACE
Topics
Page
Purpose and Scope .................................................................................................................................................................. 2
Conventions Used in this Manual............................................................................................................................................. 3
Measurements ...........................................................................................................................................................................3
Document Cautions and Notes...................................................................................................................................................3
Document Fonts .........................................................................................................................................................................3
Related Publications ................................................................................................................................................................ 4
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev H • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 1
©2015 TE Connectivity
Preface
PURPOSE AND SCOPE
This document describes the InterReach Fusion Wideband system.
•
“InterReach Fusion Wideband System Description” on page 5
This chapter provides an overview of the Fusion Wideband hardware and OA&M capabilities.
This chapter also contains system specifications and RF end-to-end performance tables.
•
“Fusion Wideband Main Hub” on page 29
This chapter illustrates and describes the Fusion Wideband Main Hub, including connector
and LED descriptions, and unit specifications.
•
“Fusion Wideband Expansion Hub” on page 41
This chapter illustrates and describes the Expansion Hub, including connector and LED
descriptions, and unit specification.
•
“Remote Access Unit” on page 51
This chapter illustrates and describes the Remote Access Unit, including connector and LED
descriptions, and unit specifications.
•
“Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution” on page 61
This chapter provides tools to aid you in designing your Fusion Wideband system, including
tables of the maximum output Power Per Carrier at the RAU and formulas and tables for
calculating path loss, coverage distance, and link budget.
•
“Installing Fusion Wideband” on page 105
This chapter provides installation procedures, requirements, safety precautions, and
checklists. The installation procedures include guidelines for troubleshooting using the LEDs
as you install the units.
•
“Replacing Fusion Wideband Components” on page 175
This chapter provides installation procedures and considerations when you are replacing an
Fusion Wideband component in an operating system.
•
“Maintenance and Troubleshooting” on page 181
This chapter provides contact information and troubleshooting tables.
•
“Appendix A: Cables and Connectors” on page 191
This appendix provides connector and cable descriptions and requirements. It also includes
cable strapping, connector crimping tools, and diagrams.
•
“Appendix B: Compliance” on page 203
This appendix lists safety and radio/EMC approvals.
•
“Appendix C: Faults, Warnings, Status Tables for Fusion, Fusion Wideband, Fusion SingleStar”
on page 209
This appendix lists all system alarm messages.
Page 2
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Conventions Used in this Manual
CONVENTIONS USED IN THIS MANUAL
The following table lists the type style conventions used in this manual.
Measurements
This manual lists measurements first in metric units, and then in U. S. Customary System of units
in parentheses. For example: < 5.5 kg (< 12 lbs.) or 0° to 45°C (32° to 113°F).
Document Cautions and Notes
Two types of messages, identified below, appear in the text:
CAUTION!
Caution text indicates operations or steps that could cause personal injury, induce a safety
problem in a managed device, destroy or corrupt information, or interrupt or stop services.
NOTE:
Note text contains information about special circumstances.
Document Fonts
You will find the following font conventions in use throughout the document.
•
This font represents a reference to an EMS dialog box, menu item, configuration option, or
other parameter.
•
 in angle brackets represents a reference to an EMS dialog box, menu item,
configuration option, or other parameter that is a variable. The text within the angle brackets
changes according to a get or set command. For example:
– The Password for  has been changed message displays.
– The Password for JohnSmith has been changed message displays.
•
This font represents non-variable text that you type at a prompt.
•
THIS FONT represents keys that you need to press on your keyboard.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 3
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Preface
RELATED PUBLICATIONS
•
AdminBrowser User Manual, TE part number D-620607-0-20
•
FlexWave Focus Configuration, Installation, and Reference Manual; TE part number 8500-10
•
InterReach Unison Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual; TE part number 8700-50
You can download Fusion user documentation from the TE Customer Portal (see “Accessing the
TE Customer Portal” on page 230).
Page 4
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
INTERREACH FUSION WIDEBAND SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Topics
Page
System Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................... 5
Wireless Standards and Air Interface Protocols .........................................................................................................................6
Configurable Bands.....................................................................................................................................................................6
Key System Features...................................................................................................................................................................6
System Hardware .................................................................................................................................................................... 8
System OA&M Capabilities .................................................................................................................................................... 10
System Monitoring and Reporting ...........................................................................................................................................11
Using Alarm Contacts ...............................................................................................................................................................12
System Connectivity .............................................................................................................................................................. 13
System Operation .................................................................................................................................................................. 14
System Specifications ............................................................................................................................................................ 15
RF End-to-End Performance ................................................................................................................................................... 18
2100/1800 RAU (FSN-W1-2118-1)............................................................................................................................................18
2100 HP/1800 HP (FSN-W1-2118-1-HP)...................................................................................................................................19
2100 HP/2600 HP (FSN-W1-2126-1-HP)...................................................................................................................................20
2100 High Power RAU (FSN-W1-21HP-1) .................................................................................................................................20
1900/AWS RAU (FSN-W1-1921-1) ............................................................................................................................................21
800/850/1900 RAU (FSN-W2-808519-1) ..................................................................................................................................22
700/AWS RAU (FSN-W2-7021-1) ..............................................................................................................................................23
700/700 (Upper C) MIMO RAU (FSN-W2-7575-1)....................................................................................................................24
700/700 (Lower ABC) MIMO RAU (FSN-W2-7070-1)................................................................................................................24
700 ABC/AWS HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W4-702121-1-HP).........................................................................................................25
700 UC/AWS HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W4-752121-1-HP)...........................................................................................................26
850/1900 HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W5-851921-1-HP)................................................................................................................27
2500/2500 RAU (FSN-2525-1-TDD) ..........................................................................................................................................28
2600/2600 RAU (FSN-W3-2626-1)............................................................................................................................................28
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
InterReach Fusion Wideband is an intelligent fiber optics/CATV, multi-band wireless networking
system designed to handle both wireless voice and data communications over licensed
frequencies. It provides high-quality, ubiquitous, seamless access to the wireless network in large
buildings.
Fusion Wideband provides RF characteristics designed for large public and private facilities such
as campus environments, airports, shopping malls, subways, convention centers, sports venues,
and so on. Fusion Wideband uses microprocessors to enable key capabilities such as
software-selectable band settings, automatic gain control, ability to incrementally adjust
downlink/uplink gain, end-to-end alarming of all components and the associated cable
infrastructure, and a host of additional capabilities.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev H • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 5
©2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband System Description
Wireless Standards and Air Interface Protocols
The Fusion Wideband system supports major wireless standards and air interface protocols in
use around the world, including:
•
Frequencies—700 MHz, 800 MHz, 850 MHz, 1700 MHz, 1800 MHz, 1900 MHz, 2100 MHz,
2500 MHz, 2600 MHz
•
Voice Protocols—AMPS, CDMA, GSM/EGSM, LTE, TDMA, WCDMA
•
Data Protocols—1xRTT, CDPD, CDMA2000, EDGE, EV-DO, GPRS, LTE, Paging, WCDMA.
Configurable Bands
The Fusion Wideband system supports three configurable bands:
•
Band 1 in 60 MHz—can be configured for 700 MHz, 800 MHz, 1900 MHz, 2100 MHz, 2500
MHz, or 2600 MHz
•
Band 2 in 75 MHz—can be configured for 1700 MHz, 1800 MHz, 1900 MHz, 2100 MHz, 2500
MHz, or 2600 MHz
•
Band 3 (only used for North America: FSN-W2-808519-1, FSN-W2-7021-1, FSN-W2-7070-1,
FSN-W2-7575-1, FSN-W4-702121-1-HP, FSN-W4-752121-1-HP, and
FSN-W5-851921-1-HP). For example, the FSN-W2-808519-1 RAU Band 3 is a 25 MHz
sub-band of the 60 MHz Band and Band 1 is an 18 MHz sub-band of the 60 MHz Band.
Band 1, Band 2, and Band 3 support all protocols.
Fusion Wideband Remote Access Units (RAUs) contain combinations of Band 1, Band 2, and Band
3 frequencies to support various world areas. These frequencies are 1800 MHz/2100 MHz for
Europe, the Middle East, and Asia, or 800 MHz/850 MHz/1900 MHz for North America. Refer to
Table 4 on page 16 for a specific list of supported RAUs.
Key System Features
The Fusion Wideband system has the following key system features.
•
Multi-Band, supports two or more full-band frequencies for spectrum growth.
•
Superior RF performance, particularly in the areas of IP3 and noise figure.
•
High downlink composite power and low uplink noise figure enables support of a large
number of channels and larger coverage footprint per antenna.
•
Software configurable Main and Expansion Hubs, allow the frequency bands to be
configured in the field.
•
Either single-mode or multi-mode fiber can be used, supporting flexible cabling
alternatives (in addition to standard CATV 75 Ohm cabling). You can select the cabling type
to met the resident cabling infrastructure of the facility and unique building topologies.
•
Extended system “reach.” Using single-mode fiber, fiber runs can be as long as 6 kilometers
(creating a total system “wingspan” of 12 kilometers). Alternatively, with multi-mode fiber,
fiber runs can be as long as 500 meters.
Page 6
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
System Overview
•
Standard 75 Ohm CATV cable, if using CommScope 2065V, 2279V, and 2293K cables (or
equivalent), can be run up to
– 130 meters for RG-59 cable
– 140 meters for RG-6 cable
– 235 meters for RG-11 cable.
•
Flexible RF configuration capabilities, including:
– System gain, with the ability to manually set gain in 1 dB steps, from 0 to 15 dB, on both
downlink and uplink.
– RAU:

RAU uplink and downlink gain can be independently attenuated at 0 or 10 dB.

Uplink level control protects the system from input overload and can be optimized for
either a single operator or multiple operators/protocols.

VSWR check on RAU reports if there is a disconnected antenna.
•
Firmware updates are downloaded (either locally or remotely) to the system when any
modifications are made to the product, including the addition of new software capabilities
and services.
•
OA&M capabilities, including fault isolation to the field replaceable unit, reporting of all fault
and warning conditions, and user-friendly web browser user interface OA&M software
package.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 7
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband System Description
SYSTEM HARDWARE
The InterReach Fusion Wideband system consists of three modular components:
•
19" rack-mountable Main Hub
– connects to up to four Expansion Hubs (except for the One Port Main Hub configuration
that supports 1 Expansion Hub)
– converts RF signals to optical IF on the downlink; optical IF-to-RF on the uplink
– microprocessor controlled (for alarms, monitoring, and control)
– auto-configurable bands
– simplex interface to RF source
– periodically polls all downstream RAUs for system status, and automatically reports any
fault or warning conditions.
•
19” rack mountable Expansion Hub
– connects to up to eight Remote Access Units
– optical signal conversion to electrical on the downlink; electrical to optical on the uplink
– microprocessor controlled (for alarms, monitoring, and control)
– software configurable band (based on commands from the Main Hub)
– supplies DC power to RAUs over CATV cable.
•
Remote Access Unit (RAU)
– converts IF signals to RF on the downlink; RF-to-IF on the uplink
– microprocessor controlled (for alarms, monitoring, and control)
– multi-band protocol independent, frequency specific units.
The minimum configuration of a Fusion Wideband system is one Main Hub, one Expansion Hub,
and one RAU (1-1-1). The maximum configuration of a system is one Main Hub, four Expansion
Hubs, and 32 RAUs (1-4-32). Multiple systems can be combined to provide larger configurations.
NOTE:
The Fusion Wideband One Port Main Hub (PN: FSN-W1-MH-2-1P, FSN-W1-MH-3-1P,
FSN-W2-MH-3-1P, FSN-W3-MH-1P, FSN-W4-MH-1P, and FSN-W5-MH-1P) configuration is a
cost-reduced version of the Fusion Wideband Main Hub and supports only one Expansion Hub
(up to 8 RAUs).
CAUTION!
The Fusion Wideband One Port Main Hub is “software locked” to 1 port 2 fiber ports. Additional
ports are disabled internally. Do not attempt to remove the front panel fiber port plate, as doing
so voids the product warranty.
Page 8
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
System Hardware
Figure 1. Fusion Wideband System Hardware
Figure 2. Fusion Wideband One Port System Hardware
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 9
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband System Description
SYSTEM OA&M CAPABILITIES
InterReach Fusion Wideband is microprocessor controlled and contains firmware to enable much
of the operations, administration, and maintenance (OA&M) functionality.
Complete alarming, from each unit in the system (defined as a Fusion Wideband Main Hub and all
of its associated Expansion Hubs and Remote Access Units) and the cabling infrastructure is
available. All events occurring in a system are automatically reported to the Main Hub. The Main
Hub monitors system status and communicates that status using the following methods:
•
Normally closed (NC) alarm contact closures can be tied to standard NC alarm monitoring
systems or directly to a Base Station (BTS) for basic alarm monitoring.
•
Connection Methods:
– The Main Hub’s front panel RJ-45 port connects directly to a PC (for local Ethernet access).
– The Main Hub’s front panel RS-232 serial port connects directly to a modem (for remote
access).
– Remote access is also available with an optional 100BASE-T LAN switch connection to the
RJ-45 port.
Use AdminBrowser to configure or monitor a local or remote Fusion Wideband system.
Modem
RS-232
PC/Laptop running a
Standard Browser
PSTN
Ethernet
TCP/IP
LAN
Switch
Ethernet
RS-232
Modem
Fusion Wideband
Main Hub
RJ-45
Ethernet
Modem
Fusion Wideband Main Hub
AdminBrowser
Fusion Wideband
Main Hub
Fusion Wideband
Main Hub
Figure 3. Three Methods for OA&M Communications
Page 10
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
System OA&M Capabilities
AdminBrowser OA&M software runs on the Fusion Wideband Main Hub microprocessor and
communicates to its downstream Expansion Hubs and associated RAUs. Using AdminBrowser,
you can perform the following from any standard web browser (such as Internet Explorer)
running on your PC/laptop system:
•
configure a newly installed system
•
change system parameters
•
perform an end-to-end system test
•
query system status.
Refer to the AdminBrowser User Manual (D-620607-0-20) for information about installing and
using the AdminBrowser software.
System Monitoring and Reporting
Each Fusion Wideband Main Hub in the system constantly monitors itself, its Expansion Hubs,
and their downstream RAUs for internal fault and warning conditions. The results of this
monitoring are stored in memory and compared against new results.
When a Main or Expansion Hub detects a change in status, it reports a fault or warning alarm.
Faults are also indicated locally by red STATUS LEDs. Both faults and warnings are reported to
the AdminBrowser software and displayed on a PC/laptop connected to the Main Hub’s RJ-45
port. Passive antennas connected to the RAUs are not monitored automatically (perform a System
Test to retrieve status information about antennas).
Using AdminBrowser, you can install a new system or new components, change system
parameters, and query system status. Figure 4 illustrates how the system reports its status to
AdminBrowser.
RAU
PC/Laptop
running a
standard
web browser
Fusion Wideband
Main Hub
AdminBrowser
Fusion Wideband
Expansion Hub
AdminBrowser
RAU
Use a standard
browser to communicate
with remotely or locally
installed Fusion Wideband
systems running
AdminBrowser.
If a fault or warning
condition is reported,
the AdminBrowser
graphical user interface
indicates the problem
on your standard PC
browser.
The Main Hub queries status
of each Expansion Hub and
each RAU and compares it
to previously stored
status.
If a fault is detected,
LEDs on the front panel turn
red.
The Expansion Hub queries
the status of each RAU and
compares it to the previously
stored status.
If a fault is detected, LEDs
on the front panel turn red.
Each RAU passes its status to
the Hub.
If a fault is detected, the
Alarm LED is red. If no
fault is detected, the LED
is green.
Figure 4. System Monitoring and Reporting
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 11
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband System Description
Using Alarm Contacts
You can connect the DB-9 female connector on the rear panel of the Fusion Wideband Main Hub
to a local BTS or to a daisy-chained series of Fusion and/or FlexWave Focus systems.
When you connect FlexWave Focus or a BTS to the Fusion Wideband, the Fusion Wideband Main
Hub outputs the alarms (alarm source), and then FlexWave Focus or the BTS receives the alarms
(alarm sense). This is described in “Alarm Source” on page 157.
Page 12
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
System Connectivity
SYSTEM CONNECTIVITY
The double-star architecture of the Fusion Wideband system, illustrated in Figure 5, provides
excellent system scalability and reliability. The system requires only one pair of fibers for eight
antenna points. This makes any system expansion, such as adding an extra antenna for additional
coverage, potentially as easy as pulling an extra CATV cable.
PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 PORT 4
RS-232
RJ-45
Main Hub
Fiber
Expansion Hub
Expansion Hub
Expansion Hub
CATV (RG-59, 6, or 11)
RAU
Expansion Hub
CATV
CATV
RAU
RAU
Up to 8 RAUs per Expansion Hub
Figure 5. Fusion Wideband’s Double Star Architecture
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 13
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband System Description
SYSTEM OPERATION
The Main Hub receives downlink
RF signals from a base station using
50 Ohm coaxial cable.
Main Hub
The Main Hub converts the RF signals to IF, then
to optical signals and sends them to Expansion
Hubs (up to four) using optical fiber cable.
Expansion Hub
The Expansion Hub converts the optical signals
to electrical signals and sends them to RAUs
(up to eight) using 75 Ohm CATV cable.
RAU
The RAU converts the IF signals
to RF and sends them to passive
antennas using 50 Ohm coaxial
cable.
Figure 6. Downlink (BTS to Wireless Devices)
RAU
Expansion Hub
Main Hub
The Main Hub sends
uplink RF signals to a
base station using
50 Ohm coaxial cable.
The Main Hub receives
the optical signals from
the Expansion Hubs (up
to four) using optical fiber
cable and con-verts them
to RF sig-nals.
The Expansion Hub receives
the IF signals from the RAUs
(up to eight) using CATV cable
and converts them to optical
signals.
The RAU receives uplink
RF signals from the
passive antenna using
50 Ohm coaxial cable and
converts them to IF signals.
Figure 7. Uplink (Wireless Devices to BTS)
Page 14
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
System Specifications
SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
Table 1.
Physical Specifications
Parameter
Main Hub
Expansion Hub
Remote Access Unit
IF/RF Connectors
4-type “N” female(a)
(50 Ohm),
1 Downlink/Uplink pair per
band
8-type “F”, female
(CATV 75 Ohm)
One F, female (CATV -75 Ohm)
One N, female(b)
(antenna-50 Ohm)
External Alarm Connector
(contact source)
One, 9-pin D-sub, female
One, 9-pin D-sub, female
—
ADMIN/LAN Interface
Connectors
One RJ-45, female
One 9-pin D-sub, male for
optional modem
One RJ-45, female
One 9-pin D-sub, male
—
Fiber Connectors(c)
4 pair, SC/APC (d)
One pair, SC/APC
—
LED Alarm and Status
Indicators
Unit Status (One pair):
• Power
• Main Hub Status
Downstream Unit Status
(One per fiber port):
• Expansion Hub/RAU
Unit Status (One pair):
• Power
• Expansion Hub Status
Fiber Link Status (One pair):
• DL Status
• UL Status
Port Status:
• One per F connector port
• Link/RAU
Unit Status (One pair):
• Link
• Alarm
Power (AC Option)
Rating: 100–240V AC, 1A,
50–60 Hz
Operating Range: 90–132V
AC/170-250V
AC auto-ranging
Rating: 100–240V AC, 6A,
50–60 Hz
Operating Range: 90–132V
AC/170-250V AC
auto-ranging
—
Power (DC Option)
Rating: 38–64V DC, 2.5A
Rating: 38-64V DC, 14A
Power Consumption (W)
30
4 RAUs: 290 typical, 360 max.
8 RAUs: 500 typical, 630 Max.
—
Enclosure Dimensions (e)
(height ´ width ´ depth)
89 mm × 438 mm × 381 mm
(3.5 in. × 17.25 in. × 15 in.)
2U
89 mm × 438 mm × 381 mm
(3.5 in. × 17.25 in. × 15 in.)
2U
54 mm x 286 mm x 281 mm
(2.13 in. × 11.25 in. × 11.13 in.)
Weight
< 5.5 kg (< 12 lbs.)
< 6.6 kg (< 14.5 lbs.)
< 2.1 kg (< 4.6 lbs.)
6-type N, female connectors for FSN-W2-MH-1, FSN-W2-MH-3, FSN-W4-MH-1, and FSN-W5-MH-1 Main Hub.
2-type N, female connectors for FSN-W1-1921-1, FSN-W2-808519-1, FSN-W2-7575-1, FSN-W2-7070-1, FSN-W3-2626-1,
FSN-W4-702121-1-HP, FSN-W4-752121-1-HP, FSN-W5-851921-1-HP, and FSN-2525-1-TDD RAUs.
It is critical to system performance that only SC/APC fiber connectors are used throughout the fiber network, including fiber distribution
panels.
FSN-W1-MH-2-1P, FSN-W1-MH-3-1P, FSN-W2-MH-3-1P, FSN-W3-MH-1P, FSN-W4-MH-1P, and FSN-W5-MH-1P support only one pair,
SP/APC fibers.
Excluding angle-brackets for 19'' rack hub mounting of the hub.
NOTE:
Note: The Fusion Wideband Main Hub’s typical power consumption assumes that the CATV
RG-59 cable length is no more than 130 meters, the RG-6 cable length is no more than 140
meters, and RG-11 cable length is no more than 235 meters using CommScope 2065V, 2279V, and
2293K cables.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 15
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband System Description
Table 2.
Wavelength and Laser Power Specifications
Measured Output Power
Wavelength
Main Hub
Expansion Hub
1310 nm +20 nm
890 uW
3.8 mW
Table 3.
Environmental Specifications
Parameter
Main Hub and Expansion Hub
RAU
Operating Temperature
0° to +45°C (+32° to +113°F)
–25° to +45°C (–13° to +113°F)
Non-operating Temperature
–20° to +85°C (–4° to +185°F)
–25° to +85°C (–13° to +185°F)
Operating Humidity; non-condensing
5% to 95%
5% to 95%
Table 4.
Fusion RAU
2100/1800
Frequency Bands Covered by Fusion Wideband RAUs
Part Number
FSN-W1-2118-1
Fusion
Band
2100
RF Passband
Downlink (MHz)
Uplink (MHz)
MAIN HUB/
RAU Band
RAU
Bandwidth
2110-2170
1920-1980
60 MHz
2100 HP/1800 HP
FSN-W1-2118-1-HP
1800
1805-1880
1710-1785
75 MHz
2100 HP/2600 HP
FSN-W1-2126-1-HP
2100
2110-2170
1920-1980
60 MHz
2600
2620-2690
2500-2570
70 MHz
2100 High Power FSN-W1-21HP-1
(single-band RAU)
2100
2110-2170
1920-1980
60 MHz
1900/AWS
1900 (A-F)
1930-1990
1850-1910
60 MHz
AWS
2110-2155
1710-1755
45 MHz
800
851-869
806-824
(sub-band 1A)
18 MHz
850
869-894
824-849
(sub-band 1B)
25 MHz
1900 (A - F)
1930-1990
1850-1910
60 MHz
700 (Upper C) 746-757
776-787
(sub-band 1A)
11 MHz
700
(Lower ABC)
728-746
698-716
(sub-band 1B)
18 MHz
AWS
2110-2155
800/850/1900
700/AWS
700/700 MIMO
(Upper C)
700/700 MIMO
(Lower ABC)
Page 16
© 2015 TE Connectivity
FSN-W1-1921-1
FSN-W2-808519-1
FSN-W2-7021-1
FSN-W2-7575-1
FSN-W2-7070-1
1710-1755
45 MHz
700 (Upper C) 746-757
776-787
(sub-band 1A)
11 MHz
700 (Upper C) 746-757
776-787
(sub-band 1B)
11 MHz
700
(Lower ABC)
728-746
698-716
(sub-band 1A)
18 MHz
700
(Lower ABC)
728-746
698-716
(sub-band 1B)
18 MHz
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
System Specifications
Table 4.
Fusion RAU
Frequency Bands Covered by Fusion Wideband RAUs (Cont.)
Part Number
700 ABC/AWS HP/ FSN-W4-702121-1AWS HP
HP
700 UC/AWS HP/
AWS HP
850/1900 HP/
AWS HP
FSN-W4-752121-1HP
FSN-W5-851921-1HP
Fusion
Band
RF Passband
Downlink (MHz)
Uplink (MHz)
MAIN HUB/
RAU Band
RAU
Bandwidth
AWS
2110-2155
1710-1755
(sub-band 1A)
45 MHz
700
(Lower ABC)
728-746
698-716
(sub-band 1B)
18 MHz
AWS
2110-2155
1710-1755
45 MHz
AWS
2110-2155
1710-1755
(sub-band 1A)
45 MHz
700 (Upper C) 746-757
776-787
(sub-band 1B)
11 MHz
AWS
2110-2155
1710-1755
45 MHz
AWS
2110-2155
1710-1755
(sub-band 1A)
45 MHz
850
869-894
824-849
(sub-band 1B)
25 MHz
1900 (A - G)
1930-1995
1850-1915
65 MHz
2496-2690
2496-2690
66 MHz
2500/2500
FSN-2525-1-TDD
2500
2500
2496-2690
2496-2690
66 MHz
2600/2600
FSN-W3-2626-1
2600
2620-2690
2500-2570
70 MHz
2600
2620-2690
2500-2570
70 MHz
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 17
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband System Description
RF END-TO-END PERFORMANCE
The following tables list the RF end-to-end performance for each protocol.
NOTE:
The system gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB, and the gain of each RAU can be
attenuated at 0 or 10 dB.
2100/1800 RAU (FSN-W1-2118-1)
Table 5.
2100 MHz RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 15
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
4.5
4.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
38
Input IP3 (dBm)
-5
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
26
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
Table 6.
1800 MHz RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 15
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
4.5
4.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
38
Input IP3 (dBm)
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
Page 18
© 2015 TE Connectivity
–5
26
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
RF End-to-End Performance
2100 HP/1800 HP (FSN-W1-2118-1-HP)
Table 7.
2100 MHz RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 20
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
4.5
4.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
42
Input IP3 (dBm)
-5
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
30
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
Table 8.
1800 MHz RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 18
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
4.5
4.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
42
Input IP3 (dBm)
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
–5
30
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 19
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband System Description
2100 HP/2600 HP (FSN-W1-2126-1-HP)
Table 9.
2100 MHz RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 20
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
4.5
4.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
42
Input IP3 (dBm)
-5
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
30
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
Table 10.
2600 MHz RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 20
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
4.5
4.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
42
Input IP3 (dBm)
–5
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
30
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
2100 High Power RAU (FSN-W1-21HP-1)
Table 11.
2100 MHz High Power RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
a,b
22
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
4.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
44
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB)
Input IP3 (dBm)
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
–5
33
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
The system Downlink gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 7 to 22 dB (the
High Power RAU adds 7 dB of Downlink gain).
b The system Uplink gain is adjustable in 1 dB steps from 0 to 15 dB.
Page 20
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
RF End-to-End Performance
1900/AWS RAU (FSN-W1-1921-1)
Table 12.
1900 MHz RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 15
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
3.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
38
Input IP3 (dBm)
–5
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
26
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
Table 13. AWS RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 15
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
3.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
38
Input IP3 (dBm)
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
–5
26
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 21
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband System Description
800/850/1900 RAU (FSN-W2-808519-1)
Table 14.
800 MHz RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 15
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
2.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
37
Input IP3 (dBm)
–5
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
25
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
Table 15.
850 MHz RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 15
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
2.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
37
Input IP3 (dBm)
–5
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
25
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
Table 16.
1900 MHz RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 15
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
3.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
38
Input IP3 (dBm)
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
Page 22
© 2015 TE Connectivity
–5
26
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
RF End-to-End Performance
700/AWS RAU (FSN-W2-7021-1)
Table 17.
700 MHz (Lower ABC) RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 15
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
2.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
34
Input IP3 (dBm)
–5
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
22
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
20
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
26
Table 18.
700 MHz (Upper C) RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 15
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
2.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
34
Input IP3 (dBm)
–5
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
22
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
20
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
26
Table 19. AWS RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 15
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
3.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
38
Input IP3 (dBm)
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
–5
26
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 23
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband System Description
700/700 (Upper C) MIMO RAU (FSN-W2-7575-1)
Table 20.
700 MHz (Upper C) RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 15
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
2.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
38
Input IP3 (dBm)
–5
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
26
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
700/700 (Lower ABC) MIMO RAU (FSN-W2-7070-1)
Table 21.
700 MHz (Lower ABC) RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 15
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
2.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
38
Input IP3 (dBm)
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
Page 24
© 2015 TE Connectivity
–5
26
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
RF End-to-End Performance
700 ABC/AWS HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W4-702121-1-HP)
Table 22.
700 MHz (Lower ABC) RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 15
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
2.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
38
Input IP3 (dBm)
–5
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
26
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
16
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
22
Table 23. AWS RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 20
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
3.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
43
Input IP3 (dBm)
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
–5
31
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 25
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband System Description
700 UC/AWS HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W4-752121-1-HP)
Table 24.
700 MHz (Upper C) RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 15
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
2.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
38
Input IP3 (dBm)
–5
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
26
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
16
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
22
Table 25. AWS RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 20
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
3.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
43
Input IP3 (dBm)
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
Page 26
© 2015 TE Connectivity
–5
31
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
RF End-to-End Performance
850/1900 HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W5-851921-1-HP)
Table 26.
850 MHz RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 15
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
2.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
38
Input IP3 (dBm)
–5
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
26
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
16
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
22
Table 27.
1900 MHz RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 20
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
3.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
43
Input IP3 (dBm)
–5
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
31
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
Table 28. AWS RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 20
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
3.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
43
Input IP3 (dBm)
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
–5
31
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 27
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband System Description
2500/2500 RAU (FSN-2525-1-TDD)
Table 29.
2500 MHz TDD RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 20
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
5.0
5.0
Output IP3 (dBm)
42.5
Input IP3 (dBm)
–5
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
32
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
2600/2600 RAU (FSN-W3-2626-1)
Table 30.
2600 MHz RF End-to-End Performance
Typical
Parameter
Downlink Uplink
Average gain with 130 m RG-59 at 25°C (77°F) (dB) 15
15
Ripple with 130 m RG-59 (dB)
4.5
Output IP3 (dBm)
38
Input IP3 (dBm)
Output 1 dB Compression Point (dBm)
Page 28
© 2015 TE Connectivity
–5
26
Noise Figure 1 MH, 1 EH, 8 RAUs (dB)
17
Noise Figure 1 MH, 4 EH, 32 RAUs (dB)
23
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
FUSION WIDEBAND MAIN HUB
Topics
Page
Fusion Wideband Main Hub Overview ................................................................................................................................... 30
Fusion Wideband Main Hub Front Panel ................................................................................................................................ 32
Uplink/Downlink Optical-Fiber Ports........................................................................................................................................33
Main Hub LED Indicators ..........................................................................................................................................................33
Unit STATUS LEDs .............................................................................................................................................................34
Fiber Port LEDs .................................................................................................................................................................35
Communications RS-232 Serial Connector ...............................................................................................................................35
Fusion Wideband Main Hub Rear Panel...................................................................................................................................36
Main Hub Specifications ........................................................................................................................................................ 37
Faults, Warnings, and Status Messages.................................................................................................................................. 38
Events .......................................................................................................................................................................................38
View Alarm Preferences ...........................................................................................................................................................39
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev H • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 29
©2015 TE Connectivity
Fusion Wideband Main Hub
FUSION WIDEBAND MAIN HUB OVERVIEW
The Fusion Wideband Main Hub (shown in Figure 8) distributes up to three individual (Band 1, 2,
and 3) downlink RF signals from a Base Station, repeater, or FlexWave Focus system to up to four
Expansion Hubs, which in turn distribute the signals to up to 32 Remote Access Units. The Main
Hub also combines uplink signals from the associated Expansion Hubs.
Fusion Wideband is a multi-band system. One RF source (Band 1 or RF1) goes to the 60 MHz band
and the other RF source (Band 2 or RF2) goes to the 75 MHz band. Band 3 (or RF3) goes to a 25
MHz sub-band of the 60 MHz band and is functional only with the following RAUs:
800/850/1900, 700/AWS, 700/700 (Upper C) MIMO, 700/700 (Lower ABC) MIMO, 700
ABC/AWS HP/AWS HP, 700 UC/AWS HP/AWS HP, and 850/1900 HP/AWS HP RAU. The system
installs in a 19”equipment rack and is usually co-located with the RF source in a
telecommunications closet.
Downlink Path: The Main Hub receives up to 3 individual (Band1, 2, or 3) downlink RF signals from a base station, repeater,
or FlexWave Focus system using 50 Ohm coaxial cable. It converts the signals to IF then to optical and sends them to up to
four Expansion Hubs using fiber optic cable.
The Main Hub also sends OA&M communication to the Expansion Hubs using the fiber optic cable. The Expansion Hubs,
in turn, communicate the OA&M information to the RAUs using CATV cable.
RF1, 2, and 3
Downlink to Main Hub
Fusion Wideband
Main Hub
Uplink from Main Hub
RF1, 2, and 3
Downlink to Main Hub
Uplink from Main Hub
Fusion Wideband
Main Hub
RAU
Uplink Path: The Main Hub receives uplink optical signals from up to four Expansion Hubs using fiber optic cables. It converts
the signals to IF then to RF and sends them to the respective Band1, 2, or 3 base station, repeater, or FlexWave Focus system
using 50 Ohm coaxial cable.
The Main Hub also receives status information from the Expansion Hubs and all RAUs using the fiber optic cable.
Figure 8. Main Hub in a Fusion Wideband System
Figure 9 on page 31 shows a detailed view of the major RF and optical functional blocks of the
Main Hub.
NOTE:
Page 30
© 2015 TE Connectivity
The Fusion Wideband One Port Main Hub (PNs: FSN-W1-MH-2-1P, FSN-W2-MH-3-1P,
FSN-W3-MH-1P, FSN-W4-MH-1P, and FSN-W5-MH-1P) is a cost reduced version of the Fusion
Wideband Main Hub and supports only one Expansion Hub (up to 8 RAUs).
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Fusion Wideband Main Hub Overview
Downlink
RF In
Band 1
RF to IF
Section B1
Downlink
RF In
Band 2
RF to IF
Section B2
Downlink
RF In
Band 3
RF to IF
Section B3
Diplexer
IF Section
IF to Optical
Downlink
Optical
OUT
Optical
Splitter
Clock,
FSK,
Pilot
CAL Tone
Uplink
RF Out
Band 1
Micro FSK
IF to RF
Section B1
Optical to IF
Optical to IF
Uplink
RF Out
Band 2
IF to RF
Section B2
Uplink
RF Out
Band 3
IF to RF
Section B3
Diplexer
IF
Section
Combiner
Optical to IF
Uplink
Optical
Input
Optical to IF
Piolt Det,
FSK
Power Supply
Single-Board Computer
Alarm
Interface
Alarm
Figure 9. Main Hub Block Diagram
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 31
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Fusion Wideband Main Hub
FUSION WIDEBAND MAIN HUB FRONT PANEL
PORT 1
PORT 2
PORT 3
PORT 4
POWER
MAIN HUB
STATUS
UPLINK
MODEM ADMIN LAN
DOWNLINK
InterReach
Wideband Fusion
Main Hub
POWER
Ref # Component
Unit is not shown to scale.
Function
Port 1 - Port 4
Four fiber optic ports with corresponding fiber port LEDs (one LED per port)
1, 8
UPLINK and DOWNLINK ports
One standard female SC/APC connector per port for MMF/SMF input (UPLINK)
and one standard female SC/APC connector per port for MMF/SMF output
(DOWNLINK). See “Uplink/Downlink Optical-Fiber Ports” on page 33.
STATUS LED (unlabeled)
One LED per port for port link status and downstream unit status; see “Fiber Port
LEDs” on page 35.
POWER LED
See “Main Hub LED Indicators” on page 33.
MAIN HUB STATUS LED
ADMIN/LAN connector
One RJ-45 female connector for system communication and diagnostics using a
PC/laptop with direct connect or using a LAN switch; see “Communications
RS-232 Serial Connector” on page 35.
Modem connector
One 9-pin D-sub male connector for system remote dial-up communication and
diagnostics using a modem; see “Communications RS-232 Serial Connector” on
page 35.
Power switch
Turns the Fusion Wideband Main Hub on or off.
Page 32
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Fusion Wideband Main Hub Front Panel
Uplink/Downlink Optical-Fiber Ports
The uplink/downlink optical-fiber ports transmit and receive optical signals between the Main
Hub and up to four Expansion Hubs using industry-standard SMF or MMF cable. There are four
fiber ports on the front panel of the Main Hub—one port per Expansion Hub. Each optical-fiber
port has two female SC/APC connectors:
•
UPLINK Connector—receives the uplink optical signals from an Expansion Hub.
•
DOWNLINK Connector—transmits the downlink optical signals to an Expansion Hub.
CAUTION!
To avoid damaging the Main Hub’s fiber connector ports, use only SC/APC fiber cable connectors
when using either single-mode or multi-mode fiber. Additionally, it is critical to system
performance that only SC/APC fiber connectors are used throughout the fiber network, including
fiber distribution panels.
Main Hub LED Indicators
The unit’s front panel LEDs indicate faults and commanded or fault lockouts. The LEDs do not
indicate warnings or whether the system test has been performed. Use the LEDs to provide basic
information only, or as a backup when you are not using AdminBrowser.
Upon power up, the Main Hub goes through a 20-second test to check the LED lamps. During this
time, the LEDs blink through the states shown in Table 31 on page 34, letting you visually verify
that the LED lamps and the firmware are functioning properly. Upon completion of initialization,
the LEDs stay in one of the first two states shown in Table 31 on page 34.
The Main Hub automatically sends the program bands command to all connected RAUs. A
mismatched band causes a fault message to be displayed in AdminBrowser and places the RAU in
a disabled condition.
NOTE:
Refer to “Troubleshooting Using LEDs” on page 185 for troubleshooting using the LEDs.
NOTE:
AdminBrowser should be used for troubleshooting the system. Only use LEDs for backup or
confirmation. However, if there are communication problems within the system, the LEDs may
provide additional information that is not available using AdminBrowser.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 33
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Fusion Wideband Main Hub
Unit STATUS LEDs
The Main Hub has one pair of STATUS LEDs, labeled POWER and MAIN HUB STATUS, that can be
in one of the states shown in Table 31. These LEDs can be:
•
Steady green
•
Steady red
•
Off—no color (valid only during 90 second power cycle)
•
Flashing red at 60 Pulses per Minute (PPM)
There is no off state when the unit’s power is on.
Table 31.
LED State
POWER
STATUS
• Green
• Green
POWER
STATUS
•
POWER
STATUS
•
•
•
Fusion Wideband Hub STATUS LED States
Indicates
• The Main Hub is connected to power and all power supplies are operating.
• The Main Hub is not reporting a fault; however, the system test may need to be performed
or a warning condition may exist. Use AdminBrowser to determine this.
• The Main Hub is connected to power and all power supplies are operating. Use
Green
AdminBrowser to power status.
• The Main Hub is reporting a fault.
Red
• The Main Hub is connected to power and all power supplies are operating.
Green
Use Admin Browser to determine power status.
Flashing green • The Main Hub is reporting a lockout condition; flashes green at 60 Pulses per Minute
(PPM).
• The Main Hub is connected to power and all power supplies are operating.
Green
• The Main Hub DL input signal level is too high; flashes red at 60 Pulses per Minute (PPM).
Red
POWER
STATUS
•
•
POWER
STATUS
• Red
• Red
• One or more power supplies are out-of-specification.
POWER
STATUS
• Green
• Red/Green
(alternating)
• After the System CPU is rebooted, the MH STATUS LED blinks red/green while the system
tree data is built, power up system test is executed, and all units have their current status
updated.
• Should the MH STATUS LED blink red/green after initial power up, either the System CPU
has rebooted or a component of the software has reset.
Page 34
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Fusion Wideband Main Hub Front Panel
Fiber Port LEDs
The Main Hub has one fiber port LED for each of the four fiber ports. The LED can be in one of the
states shown in Table 32 on page 35. This LED can be:
•
Off
•
Steady green
•
Steady red
•
Flashing red (60 ppm)
Table 32. Fusion Wideband Hub Port LED States
PORT
LED State
Indicates
Off
• The Expansion Hub is not connected.
Green
• The Expansion Hub is connected.
• There are no faults from the Expansion Hub or any connected RAU.
PORT
PORT
Red
(60 PPM)
• There was a loss of communications with the Expansion Hub.
PORT
Red
(Steady)
• The Expansion Hub is disconnected.
• The Expansion Hub or any connected RAU reported a fault.
PORT
Green
(60-ppm)
• The Expansion Hub or any connected RAU reported a lockout condition.
Communications RS-232 Serial Connector
•
Remote Monitoring—Use a standard serial cable to connect a modem to the 9-pin D-sub
male serial connector for remote monitoring or configuring. The cable typically has a DB-9
female and a DB-9 female connector. Refer “DB-9 to DB-9 Null Modem Cable” on page 201 to
for the cable pinout diagram.
Remote monitoring is also available by connecting the RJ-45 (ADMIN/LAN) port to a LAN
switch for remote Ethernet LAN access or direct dial-up router access.
•
Local Monitoring—Use a crossover Ethernet cable (PN-4069-ADB) to connect a laptop or PC
to the RJ-45 female connector for local monitoring or configuring using the AdminBrowser
resident software. The cable typically has a RJ-45 male connector on both ends. Refer to
“TCP/IP Cross-Over Cable” on page 200 for the cable pinout.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 35
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Fusion Wideband Main Hub
Fusion Wideband Main Hub Rear Panel
Band 1
UL1
Band 2
Band 3
UL2
UL3
AC Power
Alarms
DL1
DL2
DL3
Unit is not shown to scale.
Ref # Component
Function
UL1 - UL3 connectors
Three 50 Ohm N-type connector pairs for each of the 3 bands that transmits
uplink RF signals to a repeater, local Base Station, or FlexWave Focus system.
Alarms connector
A 9-pin D-sub female connector that provides a contact alarm for fault and
warning system alarm monitoring. Table 33 lists the pin function on the 9-pin
D-sub connector. This interface can both generate two source contact alarms
(Fault and Warning) and sense 3 single external alarm contacts (Alarm Sense
Input 1 through 3).
DL1 - DL3 connectors
Three 50 Ohm N-type connector pairs for each of the 3 bands that receives
downlink RF signals from a repeater, local Base Station, or FlexWave Focus
system.
Air-exhaust vents
Two vents that allows air to circulate through the unit.
AC Power connector
AC power cord connector.
Ground lug
Connects the unit to frame ground.
CAUTION!
The uplink (UL1 - UL3) and downlink (DL1 - DL3) ports cannot handle a DC power feed from the
local Base Station. If DC power is present, a DC block must be used or the Fusion Wideband hub
may be damaged.
Table 33.
Alarm Connector Functions
Pin Function
Page 36
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Alarm Sense Input (DC Ground)
Alarm Sense Input 3
Alarm Sense Input 2
Warning Source Contact (positive connection)
Warning Source Contact (negative connection)
DC Ground (common)
Fault Source Contact (positive connection)
Alarm Sense Input 1
Fault Source Contact (negative connection)
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Main Hub Specifications
MAIN HUB SPECIFICATIONS
Table 34. Main Hub Specifications
Specification
Description
Enclosure Dimensions (a)
(H x W x D)
89 mm x 438 mm x 381 mm
3.5 in. x 17.25 in. x 15 in.
2U
Weight
<5.5 kg
<12 lb
Operating Temperature
0° to +45°C
+32° to +113°F
Non-operating Temperature
–20° to +85°C
–4° to +185°F
Operating Humidity, non-condensing
5% to 95%
External Alarm Connector (contact closure)
One 9-pin D-sub, female
Maximum: 40 mA @ 40V DC
Typical: 4 mA @ 12V DC
ADMIN/LAN Interface Connector
One RJ-45, female
One 9-pin D-sub, male for optional modem
Fiber Connectors
Four Pair, SC/APC (b)
RF Connectors
Four N(c), female (50 Ohm), 1 Downlink/Uplink pair per band
LED Fault and Status Indicators
Unit Status (One pair):
• Power
• Main Hub Status
Downstream Unit/Link Status (One per fiber port):
• Link/E-Hub/RAU
AC Power
Rating 100/240V AC, 1A, 50-60 Hz
Operating Range: 90-132V AC/170-250V AC auto-ranging
Power Consumption
30 Watts
MTBF
133,829 hours
Excluding angle brackets for the 19” rack mounting of the Hub.
It is critical to system performance that only SC/APC fiber connectors are used throughout the fiber network, including fiber
distribution panels.
6 N, female connectors for FSN-W2-MH-1, FSN-W2-MH-3, FSN-W4-MH-1, and FSN-W5-MH-1
NOTE:
The Fusion Wideband One Port Main Hub (PNs: FSN-W1-MH-2-1P, FSN-W2-MH-3-1P,
FSN-W3-MH-1P, FSN-W4-MH-1P, and FSN-W5-MH-1P) configuration is a cost reduced version of
the Fusion Wideband Main Hub and supports only one Expansion Hub (up to 8 RAUs).
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 37
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Fusion Wideband Main Hub
FAULTS, WARNINGS, AND STATUS MESSAGES
The Fusion Wideband Main Hub monitors and reports changes or events in system performance
to ensure that:
•
fiber receivers, amplifiers and IF/RF paths are functioning properly
•
Expansion Hubs and Remote Access Units are connected and functioning properly.
Events
An event is classified as fault, warning, or status message, in which
•
faults are service impacting
•
warnings indicate a possible service impact
•
status and informational messages are generally not service impacting.
The Fusion Wideband Main Hub periodically queries attached Expansion Hub and Remote Access
Units for their status. Both faults and warnings are reported to a connected PC/laptop running a
standard browser communicating with the AdminBrowser software. Only faults are indicated by
the POWER, MAIN HUB STATUS, and fiber-optic port LEDs.
For more information regarding the events, refer to:
•
“Appendix C: Faults, Warnings, Status Tables for Fusion, Fusion Wideband, Fusion SingleStar”
on page 209 for Main Hub
– faults
– warnings
– status messages
•
“Maintenance and Troubleshooting” on page 181 for troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs.
Page 38
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Faults, Warnings, and Status Messages
View Alarm Preferences
In AdminBrowser 1.0 or higher, use the Set Alarm Display Preferences page (shown below) to
select the type of events to be displayed.
To modify alarm display settings:
In AdminBrowser, select Alarms > Set Alarm Display Preferences.
Select the desired choice.
Click Set Alarm Display Preferences.
AdminBrowser refreshes and updates the tree view according to the new setting.
NOTE:
The setting is strictly visual and only in AdminBrowser. There is no affect on the hardware itself.
By default, the event filtering is set to “Enable viewing of Faults only”.
The only exception to when the event filtering is ignored is during the Install/Configure
command. All events are displayed regardless of the event filtering setting. This ensures a smooth
installation.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 39
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Fusion Wideband Main Hub
Page 40
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
FUSION WIDEBAND EXPANSION HUB
Topics
Page
Expansion Hub Overview ....................................................................................................................................................... 42
Expansion Hub Front Panel ......................................................................................................................................................44
Optical Fiber Uplink/Downlink Connectors ..............................................................................................................................45
LED Indicators...........................................................................................................................................................................45
Unit Status and DL/UL STATUS LEDs.................................................................................................................................45
Port STATUS LEDs .............................................................................................................................................................47
Expansion Hub Rear Panel ..................................................................................................................................................... 48
Faults, Warnings, and Status Messages.................................................................................................................................. 49
Expansion Hub Specifications................................................................................................................................................. 50
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev H • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 41
©2015 TE Connectivity
Fusion Wideband Expansion Hub
EXPANSION HUB OVERVIEW
The Expansion Hub acts an interface between the Main Hub and the Remote Access Unit(s) by
converting optical signals to electrical signals and vice versa, as shown in Figure 10. It also
supplies control signals and DC power to operate the RAUs, and passes status information from
the RAUs to the Main Hub.
Downlink Path: The Expansion Hub receives downlink (Band 1, 2, and 3) optical signals from the Main Hub using fiber optic
cable. It converts the signals to electrical and sends them to up to eight Remote Access Units (RAUs) using CATV cables. The
Expansion Hub also receives configuration information from the Main Hub using the fiber optic cable and relays it to the RAUs
using CATV cable.
RF1, 2, and 3
Downlink to Main Hub
Fusion Wideband
Main Hub
Uplink from Main Hub
RF1, 2, and 3
Downlink to Main Hub
Uplink from Main Hub
Fusion Wideband
Main Hub
RAU
Uplink Path: The Expansion Hub receives uplink (Band 1, 2, and 3) IF signals from up to eight RAUs using CATV cables. It
converts the signals to optical and sends them to a Main Hub using fiber optic cable.
The Expansion Hub also receives RAU status information using CATV cable and sends it and its own status information to the
Main Hub using the fiber optic cable.
Figure 10. Expansion Hub in a Fusion Wideband System
Figure 11 on page 43 shows a block diagram for the Expansion Hub within a Fusion system.
Page 42
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Expansion Hub Overview
IF
Section
Downlink
Optical In
Optical
to IF
IF
Section
8 Way
Spliiter
Clock,
FSK,
Pilot Det
IF
Detector
DC
Power
CATV
Connector
Diplexer
Signals
DL IF
UL IF
DC Power
FSK
Ref Clock
FSK
Uplink
Optical Out
IF to
Optical
IF
Section
8 Way
Spliiter
Regerated
UL Pilot
AC
Input
Ethernet
Interface
IF
Section
Power Supply
Micro Controller
Alarm
Interface
Alarm
Figure 11. Expansion Hub Block Diagram
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 43
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Fusion Wideband Expansion Hub
Expansion Hub Front Panel
Port 1
Port 1
2 3
Port 2
Port 3
Port 4
Port 5
Port 6
Port 7
Port 8
POWER
DL STATUS
EH STATUS
UL STATUS
UPLINK
DOWNLINK
CONSOLE
ADMIN/LAN
InterReach Fusion
Expansion Hub
10
Ref #
7 6
Unit is not shown to scale.
Description
One port LED and connector
pair for eight ports, labeled Port
n, where n = 1 - 8
POWER LED
• One port LED per type F connector port for link status and downstream RAU status (8
pair total). See “Unit Status and DL/UL STATUS LEDs” on page 45.
• Eight CATV cable, type F connectors for the CATV cables used to transmit and receive
signals to and from RAUs. Use only 75 ohm type F connectors on the CATV cable. The
CATV cable also delivers DC electrical power to the RAUs. The Expansion Hub’s DC
voltage output is 54V DC nominal. A current limiting circuit protects the Hub if any port
draws excessive power.
Note: For system performance, it is important to use only low loss solid copper center
conductor CATV cable with quality type F connectors that use captive centerpin
connectors. Refer to “Appendix A: Cables and Connectors” on page 191 for
approved cables and connectors.
• For information on the Port LEDs, see “Port STATUS LEDs” on page 47.
DL STATUS LED
See “Unit Status and DL/UL STATUS LEDs” on page 45.
4, 5
UPLINK and DOWNLINK
fiber-optic ports
One standard female SC/APC connector for MMF/SMF output (UPLINK), and one
standard female SC/APC connector for MMF/SMF input (DOWNLINK). See “Optical Fiber
Uplink/Downlink Connectors” on page 45.
See “Unit Status and DL/UL STATUS LEDs” on page 45.
UL STATUS LED
EH STATUS LED
ADMIN/LAN connector
One RJ-45 female connector for system communication and diagnostics using a
PC/laptop with direct connect or using a LAN switch. Use a crossover Ethernet cable
(PN-4069-ADB) to directly connect a laptop or PC to the RJ-45 female connector for local
monitoring or configuring the Expansion Hub and associated RAUs using the
AdminBrowser-EH resident software. The cable typically has a RJ-45 male connector on
both ends. Refer to “TCP/IP Cross-Over Cable” on page 200 for the cable pinout and the
AdminBrowser manual.
CONSOLE connector
This console port is only used by TE manufacturing test purposes. DO NOT CONNECT
ANYTHING TO IT.
10
Power switch
Turns the Expansion Hub on or off.
Page 44
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Expansion Hub Overview
Optical Fiber Uplink/Downlink Connectors
The optical fiber uplink/downlink port transmits and receives optical signals between the
Expansion Hub and the Main Hub using industry-standard SMF or MMF cable. The fiber port has
two female SC/APC connectors:
•
Optical Fiber Uplink Connector—The UPLINK connector transmits (output) uplink optical
signals to the Main Hub.
•
Optical Fiber Downlink Connector—The DOWNLINK connector receives (input) downlink
optical signals from the Main Hub.
CAUTION!
To avoid damaging the Expansion Hub’s fiber connector ports, use only SC/APC fiber cable
connectors. Additionally, use only SC/APC fiber connectors throughout the fiber network,
including fiber distribution panels. This is critical for ensuring system performance.
LED Indicators
The unit’s front panel LEDs indicate fault conditions and commanded or fault lockouts. The LEDs
do not indicate warnings or whether the system test has been performed. Only use the LEDs to
provide basic information or as a backup when you are not using AdminBrowser.
Upon power up, the Expansion Hub goes through a five-second test to check the LED lamps.
During this time, the LEDs blink through the states shown in Table 35, letting you visually verify
that the LED lamps and the firmware are functioning properly.
NOTE:
Refer to “Maintenance and Troubleshooting” on page 181 for troubleshooting using the LEDs.
Unit Status and DL/UL STATUS LEDs
The Expansion Hub unit status and DL/UL STATUS LEDs can be in one of the states shown in
Table 35. These LEDs can be:
Steady green
Steady red
Off
Table 35. Expansion Hub Unit Status and DL/UL STATUS LED States
POWER
EH STATUS
DL STATUS
UL STATUS
LED State
Indicates
Green/Green
Green/Green
• The Expansion Hub is connected to power and all power
supplies are operating.
• The Expansion Hub is not reporting a fault or lockout
condition; but the system test may need to be performed or
a warning condition could exist (use AdminManager to
determine this).
• Optical power received is above minimum (the Main Hub is
connected) although the cable optical loss may be greater
than recommended maximum.
• Optical power transmitted (uplink laser) is normal and
communications with the Main Hub are normal.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 45
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Fusion Wideband Expansion Hub
Table 35.
Expansion Hub Unit Status and DL/UL STATUS LED States (Cont.)
LED State
Indicates
POWER
EH STATUS
DL STATUS
UL STATUS
POWER
EH STATUS
DL STATUS
UL STATUS
POWER
EH STATUS
DL STATUS
UL STATUS
POWER
EH STATUS
DL STATUS
UL STATUS
POWER
EH STATUS
DL STATUS
UL STATUS
POWER
EH STATUS
DL STATUS
UL STATUS
• Optical power received is above minimum (the Main Hub is
connected) although the cable optical loss may be greater
than recommended maximum.
• Optical power transmitted (uplink laser) is normal and
communications with the Main Hub are normal.
• The Expansion Hub is reporting a fault.
Green/Green
• Optical power received is above minimum (the Main Hub is
connected) although the cable optical loss may be greater
Green/Green (60-ppm)
than recommended maximum.
• Optical power transmitted (uplink laser) is normal and
communications with the Main Hub are normal.
• The Expansion Hub is reporting a commanded lockout.
Green/Red
• A fault condition was detected; optical power received is
below minimum.
Red/Green
(The Main Hub is not connected, is not powered, or the Main
Hub’s downlink laser has failed, or the downlink fiber is
disconnected or damaged.)
Green/Green
• The Expansion Hub is reporting a fault condition.
Red/Red
• Optical power received is above minimum (Main Hub is
connected) although the cable optical loss may be greater
than recommended maximum.
• Optical power transmitted is below minimum (Expansion
Hub uplink laser has failed; unable to communicate with
Main Hub). UL STATUS LED state must be checked within
the first 90 seconds after power on. If initially green, then
red after 90 seconds, it means that there is no
communication with the Main Hub. If red on power up,
replace the Expansion Hub.
Green/Red
• Optical power received is below minimum (the Main Hub is
not connected, is not powered, or the Main Hub’s downlink
Red/Red
laser has failed, or the downlink fiber is disconnected or
damaged.)
• Optical power transmitted is below minimum (the Expansion
Hub uplink laser has failed; is unable to communicate with
the Main Hub). UL STATUS LED state must be checked
within the first 90 seconds after power on. If initially green,
then red after 90 seconds, it means that there is no
communication with the Main Hub. If red on power up, the
uplink laser has failed, replace the Expansion Hub.
Green/Off
• Expansion Hub is in factory test mode, return it to the
factory.
Green/Off
POWER
EH STATUS
DL STATUS
UL STATUS
Red/Don’t Care
Red/Don’t Care
• One or more power supplies are out of specification. The
hub needs to be replaced.
POWER
EH STATUS
DL STATUS
UL STATUS
Green/Red
Off/Off
• Expansion Hub failure. The Hub must be replaced.
Page 46
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Green/Green
Red/Green
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Expansion Hub Overview
Port STATUS LEDs
The Expansion Hub has a PORT LED for each of the eight 75 Ohm, Type F ports. The PORT LEDs
can be in one of the states shown in Table 36. These LEDs can be:
Off
Steady green
Steady red
Off—no color (valid only during 90 second power cycle)
Flashing red at 60 Pulses per Minute (PPM)
Table 36.
Fusion Expansion Hub Port LED States
LED State
Indicates
PORT
Off
The RAU is not connected.
PORT
Green
The RAU is connected or there are no faults from the RAU.
PORT
Flashing red
Flashing red at 60 Pulses per Minute (PPM).
• The RAU was disconnected.
• The RAU is not communicating.
• The RAU port power is tripped.
PORT
Red
The RAU is disconnected or the RAU is reporting a fault.
PORT
Flashing
green
Flashing green at 60 Pulses per Minute (PPM).
• The RAU is disconnected.
• The RAU is reporting a lockout condition.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 47
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Fusion Wideband Expansion Hub
EXPANSION HUB REAR PANEL
AC POWER
ALARMS
GND
Figure 12. Expansion Hub Rear Panel
Ref # Description
AC power cord connector
Two air exhaust vents
One 9-pin D-sub female connector labeled ALARMS for contact alarm monitoring; for pinouts, see Table 37. This
interface can monitor three single external alarm contacts (Alarm Sense Input 1). This interface monitors the output
contact closures from a Universal Power Supply (UPS). Verify the output contact closure state (normally closed or
normally open) of the UPS, and set the appropriate contact definition using AdminBrowser.
• Faults are service impacting.
• Warnings indicate a possible service impact.
• Status messages are generally not service impacting.
Ground lug labeled GROUND for connecting unit to frame ground
Table 37.
Page 48
© 2015 TE Connectivity
9-Pin D-Sub Pin Connector Functions
Pin
Function
Alarm Sense Input (DC Ground)
Alarm Sense Input 3
Alarm Sense Input 2
N/C
N/C
DC Ground (common)
N/C
Alarm Sense Input 1
N/C
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Faults, Warnings, and Status Messages
FAULTS, WARNINGS, AND STATUS MESSAGES
Both fault and warning conditions of the Expansion Hub and attached RAUs are reported to the
Main Hub. Only faults are indicated by LEDs.
For more information, refer to “Appendix C: Faults, Warnings, Status Tables for Fusion, Fusion
Wideband, Fusion SingleStar” on page 209.
NOTE:
You can select what type of events AdminBrowser displays. Refer to “View Alarm Preferences”
on page 39.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 49
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Fusion Wideband Expansion Hub
EXPANSION HUB SPECIFICATIONS
Table 38.
Expansion Hub Specifications
Specification
Description
Enclosure Dimensions (H × W × D)
89 mm x 438 mm x 381 mm
3.5 in. x 17.25 in. x 15 in.
2U
Weight
< 6.6 kg
< 14.5 lb.
Operating Temperature
0° to +45°C
+32° to +113°F
Non-operating Temperature
–20° to +85°C
–4° to +185°F
Operating Humidity, non-condensing
5% to 95%
CATV Connectors
Fiber Connectors
(a)
(b)
8 F, female (CATV - 75 Ohm)
1 Pair, SC/APC
LED Alarm and Status Indicators
Unit Status (1 pair):
• POWER
• E-HUB STATUS
Fiber Link Status (1 pair):
• DL STATUS
• UL STATUS
Port Status (1 pair per CATV port):
• Link/RAU
External Alarm Connector (contact sense
monitor)
1 9-pin D-sub, female
AC Power (Volts) (47–63 Hz)
Rating: 100/240V AC, 6A, 50-60 Hz
Operating Range: 90-132V AC/170-250V AC auto-ranging
Power Consumption (W)
4 RAUs: 290 typical, 360 maximum
8 RAUs: 500 typical, 630 maximum
MTBF
54,477 hours
a It is important that you use only recommended CATV 75 Ohm cable with quality F connectors.
b It is critical to system performance that only SC/APC fiber connectors are used throughout the fiber network,
including fiber distribution panels.
Page 50
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
REMOTE ACCESS UNIT
Topics
Page
Overview ............................................................................................................................................................................... 52
RAU Front Panel .......................................................................................................................................................................55
RAU Back Panel.........................................................................................................................................................................56
RAU LED Indicators ................................................................................................................................................................ 57
STATUS LEDs .............................................................................................................................................................................57
Faults and Warnings .............................................................................................................................................................. 58
Remote Access Unit Specifications......................................................................................................................................... 59
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev H • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 51
©2015 TE Connectivity
Remote Access Unit
OVERVIEW
The Remote Access Unit (RAU) is an active transceiver that connects to an Expansion Hub using
industry-standard CATV cable, which delivers RF signals, configuration information, and
electrical power to the RAU.
RAUs pass converted IF to RF (Downlink) and converted RF to IF (Uplink) signals between an
Expansion Hub and an attached passive antenna, where the signals are transmitted to wireless
devices as shown in Figure 13. Figure 14 shows the RAU block diagram.
Downlink Path: The RAU receives downlink IF signals from a Fusion Wideband Hub using 75 Ohm CATV cable. It converts
the signals to RF and sends them to a passive RF antenna using 50 Ohm coaxial cable. Also, the RAU receives configuration
information from the Fusion Wideband Hub using the 75 Ohm CATV cable.
Fusion Wideband
Main Hub
Fusion Wideband
Main Hub
Downlink
to RAU
Downlink
to antenna
RAU
Uplink
from RAU
Uplink from
antenna
Uplink Path: The RAU receives uplink RF signals from a passive RF antenna using 50 Ohm coaxial cable. It converts the
signals to IF and sends them to a Fusion Wideband Hub using 75 Ohm CATV cable. Also, the RAU sends its status information
to the Fusion Wideband Hub using CATV cable.
The RAU receives 54VDC power from the Fusion Wideband Hub port through the 75 Ohm CATV cable center pin.
Figure 13. Remote Access Unit in a Fusion Wideband System
Band 1/3*
CATV
Connector
Signals
DL IF
UL IF
DC Power
FSK
Ref Clock
FSK
Micro
Gain, RF Filter &
Power Amplifier
Gain
Control
DC
Power
Band 1
Diplexer
PLL
Gain
Control
Gain & RF Filter
Diplexer
Diplexer
Gain, RF Filter &
Power Amplifier
Gain
Control
Band 2
Gain
Control
RF
Connector
Band 2
Diplexer
PLL
Gain & RF Filter
* For FSN-W2-80519-1 RAU when Band 3 is active.
Figure 14. Remote Access Unit Block Diagram (Multiband)
Page 52
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Overview
The Fusion Wideband RAUs are manufactured to a specific set of bands: one 60 MHz Band 1 (split
into two sub-bands 1A and 1B for the FSN-W2-808519-1 RAU), and one 75 MHz Band 2. Table 39
lists the Fusion Wideband RAUs, the Fusion Wideband Band, and the frequency bands they cover.
Table 39.
Fusion Wideband RAU
Frequency Bands Covered by Fusion Wideband RAUs
Part Number
Fusion
Wideband
Band
RF Passband
Downlink
(MHz)
Uplink
(MHz)
MAIN HUB/
RAU Band
RAU
Bandwidth
2100/1800
FSN-W1-2118-1
2100
2110-2170
1920-1980
60 MHz
2100 HP/1800 HP
FSN-W1-2118-1-HP
1800
1805-1880
1710-1785
75 MHz
2100 HP/2600 HP
FSN-W1-2126-1-HP
2100
2110-2170
1920-1980
60 MHz
2600
2620-2690
2500-2570
70 MHz
2100 High Power
(single-band RAU)
FSN-W1-21HP-1
2100
2110-2170
1920-1980
60 MHz
1900/AWS
FSN-W1-1921-1
1900 (A-F) 1930-1990
1850-1910
60 MHz
AWS
2110-2155
1710-1755
45 MHz
800/850/1900
FSN-W2-808519-1
800
851-869
806-824
1 (sub-band 1A)
18 MHz
850
869-894
824-849
3 (sub-band 1B)
25 MHz
1900 (A-F) 1930-1990
1850-1910
60 MHz
700
(Upper C)
746-757
776-787
1 (sub-band 1A)
11 MHz
700
(Lower
ABC)
728-746
698-716
3 (sub-band 1B)
18 MHz
AWS
2110-2155
1710-1755
45 MHz
700
(Upper C)
746-757
776-787
1 (sub- band 1A) 11 MHz
700
(Upper C)
746-757
776-787
3 (sub- band 1B) 11 MHz
700
(Lower
ABC)
728-746
698-716
1 (sub- band 1A) 18 MHz
700
(Lower
ABC)
728-746
698-716
3 (sub- band 1B) 18 MHz
2110-2155
1710-1755
1 (sub-band 1A)
45 MHz
700
(Lower
ABC)
728-746
698-716
3 (sub-band 1B)
18 MHz
AWS
2110-2155
1710-1755
45 MHz
FSN-W4-752121-1-HP AWS
2110-2155
1710-1755
1 (sub-band 1A)
45 MHz
700
(Upper C)
746-757
776-787
3 (sub-band 1B)
11 MHz
AWS
2110-2155
1710-1755
45 MHz
700/AWS
700/700 MIMO (Upper C)
FSN-W2-7021-1
FSN-W2-7575-1
700/700 MIMO (Lower ABC) FSN-W2-7070-1
700 ABC/AWS HP/AWS HP
700 UC/AWS HP/AWS HP
FSN-W4-702121-1-HP AWS
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 53
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Remote Access Unit
Table 39.
Fusion Wideband RAU
Frequency Bands Covered by Fusion Wideband RAUs (Cont.)
Part Number
850/1900 HP/AWS HP
Fusion
Wideband
Band
Downlink
(MHz)
Uplink
(MHz)
MAIN HUB/
RAU Band
RAU
Bandwidth
2110-2155
1710-1755
(sub-band 1A)
45 MHz
850
869-894
824-849
(sub-band 1B)
25 MHz
1900 (A G)
1930-1995
1850-1915
65 MHz
2500
2496-2690
2496-2690
66 MHz
2500
2496-2690
2496-2690
66 MHz
2600
2620-2690
2500-2570
70 MHz
2600
2620-2690
2500-2570
70 MHz
FSN-W5-851921-1-HP AWS
2500/2500
FSN-2525-1-TDD
2600/2600
FSN-W3-2626-1
RF Passband
Table 40 lists the system gain as it pertains to different CATV cable lengths.
Table 40.
System Gain (Loss) Relative to CATV Cable Length
Cable
Type
CommScope
Part Number
Plenum
Rated
Solid Copper
Conductor
RG-59
2065V
Yes
2022V
Yes
5572R
No
5565
No
2279V
Yes
2275V
Yes
5726
No
5765
No
2293K
Yes
2285K
Yes
5913
No
RG-6
RG-11
Copper Clad
Conductor
Zero-loss RF
Maximum
Length
(meters)
DistanceRF is
10dB Below
Input RF
(meters)
130
180
100
100*
95
95*
130
180
140
190
140
150*
140
140*
140
190
235
320
235
300*
235
300*
* Exceeding the distance of copper-clad cable will result in the attached RAU becoming non-functional. If
the distance of a cable run is at its maximum and is of concern, TE recommends the use of solid copper
cable to ensure successful operation
Page 54
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Overview
RAU Front Panel
Ref #
Description
75 Ohm Type-F Connector
The RAU has one type-F female connector on its front panel that connects it to a Fusion
Wideband Hub using CATV 75 Ohm cable. Use RG-59, 6, or 11 solid copper center
conductor cables.
Note: For system performance, it is important that you use only low loss, solid copper
center conductor CATV cable with quality F connectors that use captive centerpin
conductors. Refer to “Appendix A: Cables and Connectors” on page 191 for
specific information.
LINK LED
Indicates whether the RAU is receiving power and communications from the Fusion
Wideband Main Hub.
ALARM LED
Indicates whether the RAU has any active alarm states.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 55
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Remote Access Unit
RAU Back Panel
Ref #
1, 2
Description
50 Ohm Type-N Connector
The RAU has one or two female type-N connectors, that is a duplexed RF input/output
port that connects to a standard 50W passive antenna using coaxial cable. When there is
only one N connector, it will be on the right (in the position of reference item 2 above).
The following RAUs have two female type-N connectors:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Page 56
© 2015 TE Connectivity
FSN-W1-1921-1
FSN-W2-808519-1
FSN-W2-7070-1
FSN-W2-7575-1
FSN-W3-2626-1
FSN-W4-702121-1-HP
FSN-W4-752121-1-HP
FSN-W5-851921-1-HP
FSN-2525-1-TDD.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
RAU LED Indicators
RAU LED INDICATORS
Upon power up, the RAU goes through a two-second test to check the LED lamps. During this time,
the LEDs blink green/green red/red, letting you visually verify that the LED lamps and the
firmware are functioning properly.
NOTE:
Refer to “Maintenance and Troubleshooting” on page 181 for troubleshooting using the LEDs.
STATUS LEDs
The RAU LEDs can be in one of the states shown in Table 41. These LEDs can be:
Steady green
Steady red
Off
Table 41.
Remote Access Unit LED States
LED State
Indicates
LINK
ALARM
Off
Off
The RAU is not receiving DC power.
LINK
ALARM
Green
Green
The RAU is powered and is not indicating a fault condition. Communication with the
Fusion Wideband Hub is normal; however, the system test may need to be performed
or a warning condition may exist (use AdminBrowser to determine this).
LINK
ALARM
Green
Red
The RAU is indicating a fault or lockout condition, but communication with the Fusion
Wideband Hub is normal.
LINK
ALARM
Red
Red
The RAU is reporting a fault and is not able to communicate with the Fusion Wideband
Hub.
LINK
ALARM
Green (60-ppm)
Green (60-ppm)
The RAU is reporting a lockout condition, but communication with the Fusion Wideband
Hub is normal.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 57
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Remote Access Unit
FAULTS AND WARNINGS
Both fault and warning conditions are reported to the Fusion Wideband Hub where they are
stored. Only faults are indicated by the RAU STATUS LEDs.
For more information, refer to “Appendix C: Faults, Warnings, Status Tables for Fusion, Fusion
Wideband, Fusion SingleStar” on page 209.
Page 58
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Remote Access Unit Specifications
REMOTE ACCESS UNIT SPECIFICATIONS
Table 42.
Remote Access Unit Specifications
Specification
Description
Dimensions (H × W × D)
54 mm × 286 mm × 281 mm
(2.13 in. × 11.25 in. × 11.13 in.)
Weight
< 2.1 kg (< 4.6 lb.)
Operating Temperature
–25° to +45°C (–13° to +113°F)
Non-operating Temperature
–25° to +85°C (–13° to +185°F)
Operating Humidity, non-condensing
5% to 95%
RF Connectors
One Type-F, female (CATV - 75 ohms)
One Type-N, female* (coaxial 50 ohms)
LED Alarm and Status Indicators
Unit Status (1 pair):
• Link
• Alarm
Maximum Heat Dissipation (W)
50 typical, 64 max (from the Hub)
MTBF
202,684 hours
* Two type N female connectors for FSN-W1-1921-1, FSN-W2-808519-1, FSN-W2-7070-1,
FSN-W2-7575-1, FSN-W3-2626-1, FSN-W4-702121-1-HP, FSN-W4-752121-1-HP,
FSN-W5-851921-1-HP, and FSN-2525-1-TDD RAUs
NOTE:
For system performance, it is important that you use only low loss, solid copper center conductor
CATV cable with quality F connectors that use captive centerpin conductors. Refer to “Appendix
A: Cables and Connectors” on page 191 for more information.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 59
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Remote Access Unit
Page 60
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
DESIGNING A FUSION WIDEBAND SOLUTION
Topics
Page
Design Overview.................................................................................................................................................................... 62
Downlink RSSI Design Goal .................................................................................................................................................... 64
Maximum Output Power Per Carrier...................................................................................................................................... 65
700/AWS RAU (FSN-W2-7021-1) ..............................................................................................................................................66
700 MHz (Upper C) MIMO RAU (FSN-W2-7575-1) ...................................................................................................................67
700 MHz (Lower ABC) MIMO RAU (FSN-W2-7070-1)...............................................................................................................67
700 ABC/AWS HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W4-702121-1-HP).........................................................................................................68
700 UC/AWS HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W4-752121-1-HP)...........................................................................................................69
800/850/1900 RAU (FSN-W2-808519-1) ..................................................................................................................................70
850/1900 HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W5-851921-1-HP)................................................................................................................73
1900/AWS RAU (FSN-W1-1921-1) ............................................................................................................................................75
2100/1800 RAU (FSN-W1-2118-1)............................................................................................................................................77
2100 HP/1800 HP RAU (FSN-W1-2118-1-HP) ...........................................................................................................................78
2100 HP/2600 HP RAU (FSN-W1-2126-1-HP) ...........................................................................................................................79
2100 High Power RAU (FSN-W1-21HP-1) .................................................................................................................................80
2500/2500 TDD RAU (FSN-2525-1-TDD)...................................................................................................................................80
2600 MHz MIMO RAU (FSN-W3-2626-1) .................................................................................................................................80
Designing for Capacity Growth.................................................................................................................................................81
System Gain........................................................................................................................................................................... 82
Estimating RF Coverage.......................................................................................................................................................... 83
Equation 1 ................................................................................................................................................................................83
Equation 2—Path Loss Equation ..............................................................................................................................................84
Equation 3—RAU Coverage Distance .......................................................................................................................................85
Equation 4—Maximum Antenna Coverage ..............................................................................................................................86
Example Design Estimate for an 1900 MHz CDMA Application ...............................................................................................88
Link Budget Analysis .............................................................................................................................................................. 90
Elements of a Link Budget for Narrowband Standards ............................................................................................................90
Narrowband Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell Application ................................................................................................92
Elements of a Link Budget for CDMA Standards ......................................................................................................................94
Other CDMA Issues...................................................................................................................................................................96
CDMA Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell Application...........................................................................................................96
Considerations for Re-Radiation (Over-the-Air) Systems .........................................................................................................99
Optical Power Budget .......................................................................................................................................................... 100
Connecting a Main Hub to a Base Station............................................................................................................................. 101
Uplink Attenuation .................................................................................................................................................................102
RAU Attenuation and ALC.......................................................................................................................................................102
Using the RAU 10 dB Attenuation Setting ......................................................................................................................103
Using the Uplink ALC Setting ..........................................................................................................................................104
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev H • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 61
©2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
DESIGN OVERVIEW
Designing a Fusion Wideband solution is a matter of determining coverage and capacity needs.
This requires the following steps:
Determine the wireless service provider’s requirements; refer to “Downlink RSSI
Design Goal” on page 64.
The following information is typically provided by the service provider:
•
Frequency (for example, 1900 MHz)
•
Band (for example, “A-F” band in the PCS spectrum)
•
Protocol (for example, CDMA, GSM, 1xRTT, GPRS, and so on)
•
Number of sectors and peak capacity per sector (translates to the number of RF carriers
that the system will have to transmit)
•
Downlink RSSI design goal (RSSI, received signal strength at the wireless handset, for
example, –85 dBm)
The design goal is always a stronger signal than the mobile phone needs. It includes
inherent factors which affect performance.
•
RF source (Base Station or bidirectional amplifier or repeater), type of equipment if
possible.
Determine the downlink Power Per Carrier from the RF source through the DAS; refer
to “Maximum Output Power Per Carrier” on page 65.
The maximum Power Per Carrier is a function of modulation type, the number of RF carriers,
signal quality issues, regulatory emissions requirements, and Fusion Wideband’s RF
performance. Power Per Carrier decreases as the number of carriers increases.
Develop an RF link budget; refer to “Estimating RF Coverage” on page 83.
Knowing both the Power Per Carrier and RSSI design goal, you can develop an RF downlink
link budget which estimates the allowable path loss from a RAU’s antenna to the wireless
handset.
allowable path loss = Power Per Carrier + antenna gain – design goal
Satisfactory performance can be expected as long as path loss is below this level.
Page 62
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Design Overview
Determine the in-building environment; refer to “Estimating RF Coverage” on page 83.
•
Determine which areas of the building require coverage (entire building, public areas,
parking levels, and so on).
•
Obtain floor plans to determine floor space in a building and the wall layout of the
proposed areas to be covered. Floor plans are also useful when you are selecting antenna
locations.
•
If possible, determine the building’s construction materials (sheetrock, metal, concrete,
and so on).
•
Determine the type of environment:
– open layout (for example, a convention center)
– dense, close walls (for example, a hospital)
– mixed use (for example, an office building with hard wall offices and cubicles).
Determine the appropriate estimated path loss slope that corresponds to the type of
building and its layout, and estimate the coverage distance for each RAU; refer to
“Estimating RF Coverage” on page 83.
Use the Path Loss Slope (PLS), which gives a value to the RF propagation characteristics
within the building, to convert the RF link budget into an estimate of the coverage distance
per antenna. This helps establish the quantities of Fusion Wideband equipment you need. The
actual path loss slope that corresponds to the specific RF environment inside the building can
also be determined empirically by performing an RF site-survey of the building. This involves
transmitting a calibrated tone for a fixed antenna and making measurements with a mobile
antenna throughout the area surrounding the transmitter.
Determine the items required to connect to the Base Station; refer to “Connecting a
Main Hub to a Base Station” on page 101.
Once you know the quantities of Fusion Wideband equipment to be used, you can determine
the accessories (combiners/dividers, surge suppressors, repeaters, attenuators, circulators,
and so on.) required to connect the system to the Base Station.
The individual elements that must be considered in designing a Fusion Wideband solution are
explained in the following sections.
NOTE:
Access the TE Customer Portal for on-line dimensioning and design tools; see “Accessing the TE
Customer Portal” on page 230.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 63
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
DOWNLINK RSSI DESIGN GOAL
Wireless service providers typically provide a minimum downlink signal level and an associated
confidence factor when specifying coverage requirements. These two figures of merit are a
function of wireless handset sensitivity and margins for fading and body loss. Wireless handset
sensitivity is the weakest signal that the handset can process reliably and is a combination of the
thermal noise in the channel, noise figure of the handset receiver front end and minimum
required SNR. Fade margins for multipath fading (fast or small-scale) and log-normal shadow
fading (slow or large-scale) are determined by the desired confidence factor, and other factors.
Downlink Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) design goal calculations for the GSM protocol
are shown below for a 95% area coverage confidence factor.
Noise Power
-121 dBm
10 Log (KT)+10 Log (200 kHz); K=1.38X10-23, T=300 degrees Kelvin
Wireless Handset Noise Figure
8 dB
Required SNR
9 dB
Multipath Fade Margin
6 dB
95% Reliability for Rician K=6 dB
Log-normal Fade Margin
10 dB
95% Area/87% Edge Reliability for 35 dB PLS and 9 dB Sigma
Body Attenuation
+ 3 dB
Downlink RSSI Design Goal (PDesignGoal)
-85 dBm
Signal level received by wireless handset at edge of coverage area
Downlink design goals on the order of –85 dBm are typical for protocols such as GSM. Wireless
service providers may choose a higher level to ensure that in-building signal dominates any
macro signal that may be leaking into the building.
Page 64
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Maximum Output Power Per Carrier
MAXIMUM OUTPUT POWER PER CARRIER
The following tables show the recommended maximum Power Per Carrier out of the RAU 50 Ohm
Type-N connector for different frequencies, protocols, and numbers of carriers. These maximum
levels are dictated by RF signal quality and regulatory emissions issues. In general, as the number
of RF carrier increases, the maximum Power Per Carrier decreases. If these levels are exceeded,
signal quality will be degraded and/or regulator requirements will be violated. The maximum
input power to the Hub is determined by subtracting the system gain from the maximum output
power of the RAU. System gain is software selectable from 0 dB to 15 dB in 1 dB steps.
Additionally, both the uplink and downlink gain of each RAU can be attenuated 0 or 10 dB.
When connecting a Hub to a Base Station or repeater, attenuation on the downlink is typically
required to avoid exceeding Fusion Wideband’s maximum output power recommendations.
CAUTION!
Exceeding the maximum input power may cause permanent damage to the Hub. Do not exceed
the maximum composite input power of 1W (+30 dBm) to the Hub at any time.
NOTE:
These specifications are for downlink power at the RAU output (excluding antenna).
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 65
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
700/AWS RAU (FSN-W2-7021-1)
Table 43. 700 MHz (Lower A, B, C) Power Per Carrier
Number of
Carriers
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
WCDMA
LTE
14.0
14.0
11.0
11.0
9.0
9.0
8.0
8.0
7.0
7.0
Operation at or above these output
power levels may prevent Fusion
Wideband from meeting RF
performance specifications or FCC
Part 15 and EN55022 emissions
requirements.
Note:
Table 44. 700 MHz (Upper C) Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of Carriers
LTE
Note:
14.0
11.0
9.0
8.0
7.0
Operation at or above these output power levels
may prevent Fusion Wideband from meeting RF
performance specifications or FCC Part 15 and
EN55022 emissions requirements.
Table 45. AWS Power Per Carrier
WCDMA
LTE
18.0
18.0
15.0
15.0
13.0
13.0
12.0
12.0
11.0
11.0
Note:
Page 66
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of
Carriers
Operation at or above these output power levels
may prevent Fusion Wideband from meeting RF
performance specifications or FCC Part 15 and
EN55022 emissions requirements.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Maximum Output Power Per Carrier
700 MHz (Upper C) MIMO RAU (FSN-W2-7575-1)
Table 46. 700 MHz (Upper C) Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of Carriers
LTE
18.0
15.0
13.0
12.0
11.0
Operation at or above these output power levels may
prevent Fusion Wideband from meeting RF performance
specifications or FCC Part 15 and EN55022 emissions
requirements.
Note:
700 MHz (Lower ABC) MIMO RAU (FSN-W2-7070-1)
Table 47.
700 MHz (Lower ABC) Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of
Carriers
WCDMA
LTE
18.0
18.0
15.0
15.0
13.0
13.0
12.0
12.0
11.0
11.0
Note:
Operation at or above these output power levels
may prevent Fusion Wideband from meeting RF
performance specifications or FCC Part 15 and
EN55022 emissions requirements.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 67
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
700 ABC/AWS HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W4-702121-1-HP)
Table 48. 700 MHz (Lower A, B, C) Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of Carriers
LTE
Note:
18.0
15.0
13.0
12.0
11.0
Operation at or above these output power levels
may prevent Fusion Wideband from meeting RF
performance specifications or FCC Part 15 and
EN55022 emissions requirements.
Table 49. AWS Power Per Carrier
WCDMA
LTE
23.0
23.0
20.0
20.0
18.0
18.0
17.0
17.0
16.0
16.0
Note:
Page 68
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of
Carriers
Operation at or above these output power levels
may prevent Fusion Wideband from meeting RF
performance specifications or FCC Part 15 and
EN55022 emissions requirements.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Maximum Output Power Per Carrier
700 UC/AWS HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W4-752121-1-HP)
Table 50. 700 MHz (Upper C) Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of Carriers
LTE
Note:
18.0
15.0
13.0
12.0
11.0
Operation at or above these output power levels
may prevent Fusion Wideband from meeting RF
performance specifications or FCC Part 15 and
EN55022 emissions requirements.
Table 51.
AWS Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of
Carriers
WCDMA
LTE
23.0
23.0
20.0
20.0
18.0
18.0
17.0
17.0
16.0
16.0
Note:
Operation at or above these output power levels
may prevent Fusion Wideband from meeting RF
performance specifications or FCC Part 15 and
EN55022 emissions requirements.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 69
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
800/850/1900 RAU (FSN-W2-808519-1)
Table 52.
800 MHz Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of
Carriers
CDMA 2000
LTE
iDEN
Analog FM
APCO
25
CQPSK
APCO
25
C4FM
17.0
17.0
16.5
24.0
21.0
24.0
Note:
14.0
14.0
13.0
19.0
16.0
18.5
12.0
12.0
10.5
15.5
13.5
15.0
11.0
11.0
9.0
12.5
11.5
12.5
10.0
10.0
8.0
11.0
10.0
10.5
9.0
7.0
9.5
8.5
9.0
8.5
6.0
8.5
8.0
8.0
8.0
5.5
7.5
7.0
7.5
5.0
7.0
6.5
6.5
10
4.5
6.0
6.0
6.0
11
4.0
12
3.5
13
3.0
14
3.0
15
2.5
16
2.0
Operation at or above these output power levels may prevent Fusion Wideband from meeting RF performance
specifications or FCC Part 15 and EN55022 emissions requirements.
Page 70
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Maximum Output Power Per Carrier
Table 53.
850 MHz Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of
Carriers
GSM
EDGE
CDMA 2000
Note:
WCDMA
LTE
25.0
22.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
19.0
16.5
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.5
13.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
11.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
11.0
9.5
11.0
11.0
11.0
10.0
8.5
10.0
9.0
8.0
9.5
8.0
7.0
9.0
7.5
6.5
10
7.0
6.0
11
6.5
5.5
12
6.0
5.0
13
5.5
4.5
14
5.5
4.5
15
5.0
4.0
16
4.5
4.0
Operation at or above these output power levels may prevent Fusion Wideband from meeting RF
performance specifications or FCC Part 15 and EN55022 emissions requirements.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 71
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
Table 54.
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of
Carriers
GSM
EDGE
CDMA 2000
WCDMA
LTE
26.0
23.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
20.0
17.5
15.0
15.0
15.0
16.5
14.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
14.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
10.5
11.0
11.0
11.0
11.0
9.5
10.0
10.0
9.0
9.5
9.0
8.0
9.0
8.5
7.5
10
8.0
7.0
11
7.5
6.5
12
7.0
6.0
13
6.5
5.5
14
6.5
5.5
15
6.0
5.0
16
5.5
5.0
Note:
Page 72
© 2015 TE Connectivity
1900 MHz Power Per Carrier
Operation at or above these output power levels may prevent Fusion Wideband
from meeting RF performance specifications or FCC Part 15 and EN55022
emissions requirements.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Maximum Output Power Per Carrier
850/1900 HP/AWS HP RAU (FSN-W5-851921-1-HP)
Table 55.
850 MHz Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of
Carriers
GSM
EDGE
CDMA 2000
WCDMA
LTE
26.0
23.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
20.0
17.5
15.0
15.0
15.0
16.5
14.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
14.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
10.5
11.0
11.0
11.0
11.0
9.5
10.0
10.0
9.0
9.5
9.0
8.0
9.0
8.5
7.5
10
8.0
7.0
11
7.5
6.5
12
7.0
6.0
13
6.5
5.5
14
6.5
5.5
15
6.0
5.0
16
5.5
5.0
Note:
Operation at or above these output power levels may prevent Fusion Wideband
from meeting RF performance specifications or FCC Part 15 and EN55022
emissions requirements.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 73
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
Table 56.
1900 MHz Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of
Carriers
GSM
EDGE
CDMA 2000
WCDMA
LTE
26.0
26.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
23.0
22.5
20.0
20.0
20.0
21.0
19.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
19.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
15.5
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
14.5
15.0
15.0
14.0
14.5
14.0
13.0
14.0
13.5
12.5
10
13.0
12.0
11
12.5
11.5
12
12.0
11.0
13
11.5
11.0
14
11.5
10.5
15
11.0
10.0
16
10.5
10.0
Note:
Operation at or above these output power levels may prevent Fusion Wideband
from meeting RF performance specifications or FCC Part 15 and EN55022
emissions requirements.
Table 57. AWS Power Per Carrier
WCDMA
LTE
Note:
Page 74
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of
Carriers
23.0
23.0
20.0
20.0
18.0
18.0
17.0
17.0
16.0
16.0
Operation at or above these output power levels
may prevent Fusion Wideband from meeting RF
performance specifications or FCC Part 15 and
EN55022 emissions requirements.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Maximum Output Power Per Carrier
1900/AWS RAU (FSN-W1-1921-1)
Table 58.
1900 MHz Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of
Carriers
GSM
EDGE
CDMA 2000
WCDMA
LTE
26.0
23.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
20.0
17.5
15.0
15.0
15.0
16.5
14.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
14.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
10.5
11.0
11.0
11.0
11.0
9.5
10.0
10.0
9.0
9.5
9.0
8.0
9.0
8.5
7.5
10
8.0
7.0
11
7.5
6.5
12
7.0
6.0
13
6.5
5.5
14
6.5
5.5
15
6.0
5.0
16
5.5
5.0
Note:
Operation at or above these output power levels may prevent Fusion Wideband
from meeting RF performance specifications or FCC Part 15 and EN55022
emissions requirements.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 75
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
Table 59. AWS Power Per Carrier
GSM
EDGE
CDMA 2000
WCDMA
LTE
26.0
23.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
20.0
17.5
15.0
15.0
15.0
16.5
14.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
14.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
10.5
11.0
11.0
11.0
11.0
9.5
10.0
10.0
9.0
9.5
9.0
8.0
9.0
8.5
7.5
10
8.0
7.0
11
7.5
6.5
12
7.0
6.0
13
6.5
5.5
14
6.5
5.5
15
6.0
5.0
16
5.5
5.0
Note:
Page 76
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of
Carriers
Operation at or above these output power levels may prevent Fusion Wideband
from meeting RF performance specifications or FCC Part 15 and EN55022
emissions requirements.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Maximum Output Power Per Carrier
2100/1800 RAU (FSN-W1-2118-1)
Table 60.
1800 MHz Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of
Carriers
GSM
EDGE
LTE
16.5
16.5
15.0
14.5
14.5
12.0
12.5
12.5
10.0
11.5
11.5
9.0
10.5
10.5
8.0
9.5
9.5
7.0
Note:
9.0
9.0
6.5
8.5
8.0
6.0
8.0
7.5
10
7.5
7.0
11
7.0
6.5
12
6.5
6.0
13
6.5
6.0
14
6.0
5.5
15
5.5
5.0
16
5.5
5.0
20
4.5
4.0
30
2.5
2.0
Operation at or above these output power levels may prevent Fusion
Wideband from meeting RF performance specifications or FCC Part 15
and EN55022 emissions requirements.
Table 61.
2100MHz Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of Carriers
Note:
Note:
WCDMA
LTE
15.0
15.0
12.0
12.0
10.0
10.0
9.0
9.0
8.0
8.0
7.0
7.0
6.5
6.5
6.0
6.0
Measurements were taken with no baseband clipping.
Operation at or above these output power levels may prevent Fusion
Wideband from meeting RF performance specifications or FCC Part 15
and EN55022 emissions requirements.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 77
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
2100 HP/1800 HP RAU (FSN-W1-2118-1-HP)
Table 62.
1800 MHz Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of
Carriers
GSM
EDGE
LTE
20.0
20.0
20.0
17.0
17.0
17.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
14.0
14.0
14.0
13.0
13.0
13.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
11.5
11.5
11.5
11.0
11.0
11.0
10.5
10.5
10
10.0
10.0
11
9.5
9.5
12
9.0
9.0
13
8.5
8.5
14
8.5
8.5
15
8.0
8.0
16
7.5
7.5
20
6.5
6.5
30
5.0
5.0
Note:
Operation at or above these output power levels may prevent Fusion
Wideband from meeting RF performance specifications or FCC Part 15
and EN55022 emissions requirements.
Table 63.
2100MHz Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of Carriers
Note:
Note:
Page 78
© 2015 TE Connectivity
WCDMA
LTE
20.0
20.0
17.0
17.0
15.0
15.0
14.0
14.0
13.0
13.0
12.0
12.0
11.5
11.5
11.0
11.0
Measurements were taken with no baseband clipping.
Operation at or above these output power levels may prevent Fusion
Wideband from meeting RF performance specifications or FCC Part 15
and EN55022 emissions requirements.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Maximum Output Power Per Carrier
2100 HP/2600 HP RAU (FSN-W1-2126-1-HP)
Table 64.
2100MHz Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of Carriers
Note:
Note:
WCDMA
LTE
23.0
23.0
20.0
20.0
18.0
18.0
17.0
17.0
16.0
16.0
15.0
15.0
14.5
14.5
14.0
14.0
Measurements were taken with no baseband clipping.
Operation at or above these output power levels may prevent Fusion
Wideband from meeting RF performance specifications or FCC Part 15
and EN55022 emissions requirements.
Table 65.
2600MHz Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of Carriers
Note:
Note:
WCDMA
LTE
23.0
23.0
20.0
20.0
18.0
18.0
17.0
17.0
16.0
16.0
15.0
15.0
14.5
14.5
14.0
14.0
Measurements were taken with no baseband clipping.
Operation at or above these output power levels may prevent Fusion
Wideband from meeting RF performance specifications or FCC Part 15
and EN55022 emissions requirements.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 79
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
2100 High Power RAU (FSN-W1-21HP-1)
Table 66.
2100 MHz Power Per Carrier
Number of Carriers
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
WCDMA
22.0
19.0
17.0
16.0
15.0
14.0
13.5
13.0
Measurements were taken with no baseband clipping.
Operation at or above these output power levels may prevent Fusion
Wideband from meeting RF performance specifications or FCC Part 15
and EN55022 emissions requirements.
Note:
Note:
2500/2500 TDD RAU (FSN-2525-1-TDD)
Table 67.
2500 MHz TDD LTE Power Per Carrier per MIMO Port
Number of Carriers
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
WCDMA
22.0
19.0
17.0
Measurements taken with no baseband clipping.
Operation at or above these output power levels may prevent Fusion
Wideband from meeting RF performance specifications or FCC Part 15
and EN55022 emissions requirements.
Note:
Note:
2600 MHz MIMO RAU (FSN-W3-2626-1)
Table 68.
2600 MHz Power Per Carrier
Power Per Carrier (dBm)
Number of Carriers
Note:
Page 80
© 2015 TE Connectivity
WCDMA
LTE
18.0
18.0
15.0
15.0
13.0
13.0
12.0
12.0
11.0
11.0
Operation at or above these output power levels may prevent Fusion Wideband from
meeting RF performance specifications or FCC Part 15 and EN55022 emissions
requirements.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Maximum Output Power Per Carrier
Designing for Capacity Growth
Fusion Wideband systems are deployed to enhance in-building coverage and/or to off-load
capacity from a macro cell site. In many instances, subscriber usage increases with time and the
wireless provider responds by increasing the load on the installed Fusion Wideband system. For
example, the initial deployment might only require two RF carriers, but four RF carriers may be
needed in the future based on capacity growth forecasts. There are two options for dealing with
capacity growth needs:
Design the initial coverage with a maximum Power Per Carrier for four RF carriers. This will
likely result in additional RAUs.
Design the initial coverage for two RF carriers, but reserve RAU ports on the Hub for future
use. These ports can be used to fill potential coverage holes once the Power Per Carrier is
lowered to accommodate the two additional carriers.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 81
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
SYSTEM GAIN
The system gain of the Fusion Wideband defaults to 0 dB or can be set up to 15 dB in 1 dB
increments. In addition, uplink and downlink gains of each RAU can be independently attenuated
by 0 or 10 dB using AdminBrowser.
The recommended maximum lengths of CATV cable are as follows:
•
For RG-59 cable 130 meters for CommScope PN 2065V
•
For RG-6 cable 140 meters for CommScope PN 2279V
•
For RG-11 cable 235 meters for CommScope PN 2293K.
If the maximum distance is not required, then copper-clad over steel center-conductor cable may
be use to reduce cable costs.
If the CATV cable is longer than the recommended distance per cable type, the gain of the system
will decrease, as shown in Table 69.
Table 69. System Gain (Loss) Relative to CATV Cable Length
Cable
Type
RG-59
RG-6
RG-11
Comm-Sc
ope Part
Number
Plenum
Rated
Solid Copper
Conductor
Copper Clad
Conductor
Zero-loss RF
Maximum
Length
(meters)
Distance
Where RF
is 10dB
Below Input
RF
(meters)
130
180
2065V
Yes
2022V
Yes
100
100*
5572R
No
95
95*
5565
No
130
180
2279V
Yes
140
190
2275V
Yes
140
150*
5726
No
140
140*
5765
No
140
190
2293K
Yes
235
320
2285K
Yes
235
300*
5913
No
235
300*
* Exceeding the distance of copper-clad cable will result in the connected RAU becoming
non-functional. If the distance of a cable run is at its maximum and is of concern, use solid copper
cable to ensure successful operation.
Page 82
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Estimating RF Coverage
ESTIMATING RF COVERAGE
The maximum output Power Per Carrier (based on the number and type of RF carriers being
transmitted) and the minimum acceptable received power at the wireless device (that is, the RSSI
design goal) essentially establish the RF downlink budget and, consequently, the maximum
Allowable Path Loss (APL) between the RAU’s antenna and the wireless device. Since in-building
systems, such as the Fusion Wideband, are generally downlink-limited, this approach is
applicable in the majority of deployments.
G = Antenna Gain
= Coaxial cable loss
coax
Dis
RAU
tan
ce
power per carrier
P=
from the RAU
=d
RSSI =
power at the
wireless device
Figure 15. Determining APL between the Antenna and the Wireless Device
Equation 1
Equation 1 is as follows:
APL = (P – Lcoax + G) – RSSI
where:
•
APL = the maximum allowable path loss in dB
•
P = the Power Per Carrier transmitted by the RAU in dBm
•
Lcoax = the coaxial cable loss between the RAU and passive antenna in dB
•
G = the gain of the passive antenna in dBi
Coaxial cable is used to connect the RAU to an antenna. Table 70 lists coaxial cable loss for various
cable lengths.
Table 70.
Coaxial Cable Losses (Lcoax)
Length of Cable
(.195 in. diameter)
Loss at 850 MHz (dB)
Loss at 1900 MHz (dB)
0.9 m (3 ft)
0.6
0.8
1.8 m (6 ft)
1.0
1.5
3.0 m (10 ft)
1.5
2.3
You can calculate the distance (d), corresponding to the maximum allowable path loss using
equations introduced in the following sections.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 83
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
Equation 2—Path Loss Equation
In-building path loss obeys the distance power law in Equation 2:
PL = 20log10(4πd0f/c) + 10nlog10(d/d0) + Xs
where:
•
PL is the path loss at a distance, d, from the antenna
•
d = the distance expressed in meters
•
d0 = free-space path loss distance in meters
•
f = the operating frequency in Hertz.
•
c = the speed of light in a vacuum (3.0 × 108 m/sec).
•
n = the path loss exponent and depends on the building “clutter” and frequency of operation
•
Xs = a normal random variable that depends on partition material and geometries inside the
building and is accounted for by the log-normal fade margin used in the downlink RSSI design
goal calculation.
As a reference, Table 71 provides estimates of signal loss for some RF barriers1.
Table 71.
Average Signal Loss of Common Building Materials
Partition Type
Loss (dB)
Frequency (MHz)
Metal wall
26
815
Aluminum siding
20
815
Foil insulation
815
Cubicle walls
1.4
900
Concrete block wall
13
1300
Concrete floor
10
1300
1 to 2
1300
Light machinery
1300
General machinery
1300
Heavy machinery
11
1300
Equipment racks
1300
Assembly line
1300
Ceiling duct
1300
Metal stairs
1300
Sheetrock
1 Rappaport, Theodore S. Wireless Communications, Principles, and Practice. Prentice Hall PTR, 1996.
Page 84
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Estimating RF Coverage
Equation 3—RAU Coverage Distance
Use “Equation 1” on page 83 and “Equation 2—Path Loss Equation” on page 84 to estimate the
distance from the antenna to where the RF signal decreases to the minimum acceptable level at
the wireless device.
Equation 2 can be simplified to Equation 3, with d0 set to one meter and Path Loss Slope (PLS)
defined as 10n:
PL(d) = 20log10(4πf/c) + PLS·log10(d)
Table 72 gives the value of the first term of Equation 3 (that is, (20log10(4πf/c)) for various
frequency bands.
Table 72.
Frequency Bands and the Value of the First Term in Equation 3
Frequency
Band (MHz)
Uplink
Downlink
Mid-Band
Frequency
(MHz)
20log10(4πf/c)
800 MHz SMR
806-824
851-869
838
30.9
850 MHz Cellular
824-849
869-894
859
31.1
1800 MHz DCS
1710-1785
1805-1880
1795
37.5
1900 MHz PCS
1850-1910
1930-1990
1920
38.1
2.1 GHz UMTS
1920–1980 2110–2170
2045
38.7
1.7/2.1 GHz AWS
1710-1755
2110-2155
2132.5*
39.0
2.5 GHz TDD LTE
2496-2690
2496-2690
2595
40.7
* Due to the wide frequency spread between the Uplink and Downlink bands,
the mid-band frequency of the Downlink band was chosen for 1.7/2.1 GHz
AWS.
Table 73 shows estimated PLS for various environments that have different “clutter” (that is,
objects that attenuate the RF signals, such as walls, partitions, stairwells, equipment racks, and so
forth).
Table 73. Estimated Path Loss Slope for Different In-Building Environments
Environment Type
Example
PLS for
PLS for
850/900 MHz 1800/1900/
2100/2500 MHz
Open Environment
very few RF obstructions
Parking Garage, Convention Center
33.7
30.1
Moderately Open Environment
low-to-medium amount of RF obstructions
Warehouse, Airport, Manufacturing
35
32
Mildly Dense Environment
Retail, Office Space with approximately 80%
medium-to-high amount of RF obstructions cubicles and 20% hard walled offices
36.1
33.1
Office Space with approximately 50% cubicles and
Moderately Dense Environment
medium-to-high amount of RF obstructions 50% hard walled offices
37.6
34.8
39.4
38.1
Dense Environment
large amount of RF obstructions
Hospital, Office Space with approximately 20%
cubicles and 80% hard walled offices
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 85
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
Equation 4—Maximum Antenna Coverage
By setting the path loss to the maximum allowable level (PL = APL), Equation 3 can be used to
estimate the maximum coverage distance of an antenna connected to a RAU, for a given frequency
and type of in-building environment.
d = 10^((APL - 20log10(4πf/c))/PLS)
For reference, Table 74 through Table 80 on page 88 show the distance covered by an antenna for
various in-building environments, in which the following assumptions were made:
•
6 dBm output per carrier at the RAU output
•
3 dBi antenna gain
•
RSSI design goal is equal to –85 dBm, which is typical for narrowband protocols, but not for
spread-spectrum protocols.
Table 74. Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 800 MHz SMR Applications
Environment Type
Table 75.
Meters
Feet
Open Environment
75
244
Moderately Open Environment
64
208
Mildly Dense Environment
56
184
Moderately Dense Environment
48
156
Dense Environment
40
131
Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 850 MHz Cellular Applications
Environment Type
Page 86
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Distance from Antenna
Distance from Antenna
Meters
Feet
Open Environment
73
241
Moderately Open Environment
63
205
Mildly Dense Environment
55
181
Moderately Dense Environment
47
154
Dense Environment
39
129
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Estimating RF Coverage
Table 76. Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 1800 MHz DCS Applications
Distance from Antenna
Facility
Meters
Table 77.
Feet
Open Environment
75
246
Moderately Open Environment
58
191
Mildly Dense Environment
50
166
Moderately Dense Environment
42
137
Dense Environment
30
100
Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 1900 MHz PCS Applications
Distance from Antenna
Facility
Meters
Table 78.
Feet
Open Environment
72
236
Moderately Open Environment
56
183
Mildly Dense Environment
49
160
Moderately Dense Environment
40
132
Dense Environment
29
96
Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 2.1 GHz UMTS Applications
Distance from Antenna
Facility
Meters
Table 79.
Feet
Open Environment
69
226
Moderately Open Environment
54
176
Mildly Dense Environment
47
154
Moderately Dense Environment
39
128
Dense Environment
28
93
Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 1.7/2.1 GHz AWS Applications
Distance from Antenna
Facility
Meters
Feet
Open Environment
67
220
Moderately Open Environment
52
172
Mildly Dense Environment
46
150
Moderately Dense Environment
38
125
Dense Environment
28
91
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 87
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
Table 80. Approximate Radiated Distance from Antenna for 2.5 GHz TDD LTE Applications
Distance from Antenna
Facility
Meters
Feet
Open Environment
59
194
Moderately Open Environment
47
152
Mildly Dense Environment
41
134
Moderately Dense Environment
35
112
Dense Environment
25
83
Example Design Estimate for an 1900 MHz CDMA Application
Design goals:
•
PCS
(1920 MHz = average of the lowest uplink and the highest downlink frequency in 1900
MHz PCS band)
•
CDMA provider
•
eight CDMA carriers in the system
•
–85 dBm design goal (to 95% of the building); the minimum received power at the
wireless device
•
Base station with simplex RF connections.
Power Per Carrier: The tables in “Maximum Output Power Per Carrier” on page 65 provide
maximum Power Per Carrier information. Table 58 on page 75 indicates that Fusion
Wideband can support eight carriers with a recommended maximum Power Per Carrier of 9.0
dBm. The input power should be set to the desired output power minus the system gain.
Building information:
•
16 floor building with 9,290 sq. meters (100,000 sq. ft.) per floor; total 148,640 sq. meters
(1,600,000 sq. ft.)
•
walls are sheetrock construction, suspended ceiling tiles
•
antennas used are omni-directional, ceiling mounted
•
standard office environment, 80% hard wall offices and 20% cubicles.
Link Budget: In this example, a design goal of –85 dBm is used. Suppose 3 dBi
omni-directional antennas are used in the design. Then, the maximum RF propagation loss
should be no more than 97.0 dB (9.0 dBm + 3 dBi + 85 dBm) over 95% of the area being
covered. It is important to note that a design goal such as –85 dBm is usually derived taking into
account multipath fading and log-normal shadowing characteristics. Thus, this design goal will
only be met “on average” over 95% of the area being covered. At any given point, a fade may
bring the signal level underneath the design goal.
Note that this method of calculating a link budget is only for the downlink path. For
information to calculate link budgets for both the downlink and uplink paths, refer to “Link
Budget Analysis” on page 90.
Page 88
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Estimating RF Coverage
Path Loss Slope: For a rough estimate, Table 73 on page 85 shows that a building with 80%
hard wall offices and 20% cubicles, at 1920 MHz, has an approximate path loss slope (PLS) of
38.1. Given the RF link budget of 97.0 dB, the distance of coverage from each RAU will be 30.2
meters (99 ft). This corresponds to a coverage area of 2,868 sq. meters (30,854 sq. ft.) per
RAU (refer to “Equation 2—Path Loss Equation” on page 84 for details on path loss
estimation). For this case we assumed a circular radiation pattern, though the actual area
covered depends upon the pattern of the antenna and the obstructions in the facility.
Equipment Required: Since you know the building size, you can now estimate the Fusion
Wideband equipment quantities needed. Before you test any RF levels in the building, you can
estimate that four antennas per level will be needed. This assumes no propagation between
floors. If there is propagation, you may not need antennas on every floor.
•
4 antennas per floor × 16 floors = 64 RAUs
•
64 RAUs ÷ 8 = 8 Expansion Hubs, as there is a maximum of 8 RAUs per Expansion Hub
•
8 Expansion Hubs ÷ 4 = 2 Main Hubs, as there is a maximum of 4 Expansion Hubs per Main
Hub
Check that the fiber and CATV cable distances are as recommended. If the distances differ, use
the tables in “System Gain” on page 82 to determine system gains or losses. The path loss may
need to be recalculated to assure adequate signal levels in the required coverage distance.
The above estimates assume that all cable length requirements are met. If Expansion Hubs
cannot be placed so that the RAUs are within the distance requirement, additional Expansion
Hubs may need to be placed closer to the required RAUs locations.
An RF Site Survey and Building Evaluation is required to accurately establish the Fusion
Wideband equipment quantities required for the building. The site survey measures the RF
losses within the building to determine the actual PLS, used in the final path loss formula to
determine the actual requirements of the Fusion Wideband system.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 89
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
LINK BUDGET ANALYSIS
A link budget is a methodical way to account for the gains and losses in an RF system so that the
quality of coverage can be predicted. The end result can often be stated as a “design goal” in which
the coverage is determined by the maximum distance from each RAU before the signal strength
falls beneath that goal.
One key feature of the link budget is the maximum Power Per Carrier explained in “Maximum
Output Power Per Carrier” on page 65.
CAUTION!
While the maximum Power Per Carrier is important as far as emissions and signal quality
requirements are concerned, it is critical that the maximum signal into the Main Hub never
exceed 1W (+30 dBm). Composite power levels above this limit could cause permanent damage
to the Main Hub.
NOTE:
To obtain the on-line Link Budget Tool, go the TE Customer Portal; see “Accessing the TE
Customer Portal” on page 230.
Elements of a Link Budget for Narrowband Standards
The link budget represents a typical calculation that might be used to determine how much path
loss can be afforded in a Fusion Wideband design. This link budget analyzes both the downlink
and uplink paths. For most configurations, the downlink requires lower path loss and is therefore
the limiting factor in the system design. It is for this reason that a predetermined “design goal” for
the downlink is sufficient to predict coverage distance.
The link budget is organized in a simple manner: the transmitted power is calculated, the airlink
losses due to fading and body loss are summed, and the receiver sensitivity (minimum level a
signal can be received for acceptable call quality) is calculated. The maximum allowable path loss
(in dB) is the difference between the transmitted power, less the airlink losses, and the receiver
sensitivity. From the path loss, the maximum coverage distance can be estimated using the path
loss formula presented in “Equation 2—Path Loss Equation” on page 84.
Table 81 on page 91 provides link budget considerations for narrowband systems.
Page 90
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Link Budget Analysis
Table 81.
Link Budget Considerations for Narrowband Systems
Consideration
Description
BTS Transmit Power
The Power Per Carrier transmitted from the Base Station output.
Attenuation between
BTS and Fusion
Wideband
This includes all losses: cable, attenuator, splitter/combiner, and so forth.
On the downlink, attenuation must be chosen so that the maximum Power Per Carrier going into the Main
Hub does not exceed the levels given in “Maximum Output Power Per Carrier” on page 65.
On the uplink, attenuation is chosen to keep the maximum uplink signal and noise level low enough to
prevent Base Station alarms but small enough not to cause degradation in the system sensitivity.
If the Fusion Wideband noise figure minus the attenuation is at least 10 dB higher than the BTS noise
figure, the system noise figure is approximately that of Fusion Wideband alone. Refer to “Connecting a
Main Hub to a Base Station” on page 101 for ways to independently set the uplink and downlink
attenuations between the Base Station and Fusion Wideband.
Antenna Gain
The radiated output power includes antenna gain. For example, if you use a 3 dBi antenna at the RAU that
is transmitting 0 dBm per carrier, the effective radiated power (relative to an isotropic radiator) is 3 dBm
per carrier.
BTS Noise Figure
This is the effective noise floor of the Base Station input (usually Base Station sensitivity is this effective
noise floor plus a certain C/I ratio).
Fusion Wideband Noise
Figure
This is Fusion Wideband’s uplink noise figure, which varies depending on the number of Expansion Hubs
and RAUs, and the frequency band. Fusion Wideband’s uplink noise figure is specified for a 1-1-8
configuration. Thus, the noise figure for a Fusion Wideband system (or multiple systems whose uplink
ports are power combined) is NF(1-1-8) + 10*log(# of Expansion Hubs). This represents an upper-bound
because the noise figure is lower if any of the Expansion Hub’s RAU ports are not used.
Thermal Noise
This is the noise level in the signal bandwidth (BW).
Thermal noise power = –174 dBm/Hz + 10Log(BW).
Protocol
Signal
Bandwidth
Thermal Noise
TDMA
30 kHz
–129 dBm
GSM
200 kHz
–121 dBm
iDEN
25 kHz
–130 dBm
Required C/I ratio
For each wireless standard, a certain C/I (carrier to interference) ratio is needed to obtain acceptable
demodulation performance. For narrowband systems, (TDMA, GSM, EDGE, iDEN, AMPS) this level
varies from about 9 dB to 20 dB.
Mobile Transmit Power
The maximum power the mobile can transmit (power transmitted at highest power level setting).
Multipath Fade
Margin
This margin allows for a certain level of fading due to multipath interference. On the inside of buildings
there is often one or more fairly strong signals and many weaker signals arriving from reflections and
diffraction. Signals arriving from multiple paths add constructively or destructively. This margin
accounts for the possibility of destructive multipath interference. In RF site surveys the effects of
multipath fading are typically not accounted for because such fading is averaged out over power level
samples taken over many locations.
Log-Normal Fade
Margin
This margin adds an allowance for RF shadowing due to objects obstructing the direct path between the
mobile equipment and the RAU. In RF site surveys, the effects of shadowing are partially accounted for
since it is characterized by relatively slow changes in power level.
Body Loss
This accounts for RF attenuation caused by the user’s head and body.
Minimum Received
Signal Level
This is also referred to as the “design goal”. The link budget says that you can achieve adequate coverage
if the signal level is, on average, above this level over 95% of the area covered, for example.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 91
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
Narrowband Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell Application
Table 82. Narrowband Link Budget Analysis: Downlink
Line Downlink
Transmitter
a.
BTS transmit Power Per Carrier (dBm)
33
b.
Attenuation between BTS and Fusion Wideband (dB)
c.
Power into Fusion Wideband (dBm)
d.
Fusion Wideband gain (dB)
e.
Antenna gain (dBi)
f.
Radiated Power Per Carrier (dBm)
–23
10
13
Airlink
g.
Multipath fade margin (dB)
h.
Log-normal fade margin with 9 dB std. deviation, 95% area
coverage, 87% edge coverage
i.
Body loss (dB)
j.
Airlink losses (not including facility path loss)
10
19
Receiver
k.
Thermal noise (dBm/30 kHz)
l.
Mobile noise figure (dB)
m.
Required C/I ratio (dB)
n.
Minimum received signal (dBm)
p.
Maximum path loss (dB)
–129
17
–105
+99
•
c=a+b
•
f=c+d+e
•
j=g+h+i
•
n=k+l+m
•
k: in this example, k represents the thermal noise for a TDMA signal, which has a bandwidth
of 30 kHz
•
p=f–j–n
Page 92
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Link Budget Analysis
Table 83. Narrowband Link Budget Analysis: Uplink
Line Uplink
Receiver
a.
BTS noise figure (dB)
b.
Attenuation between BTS and Fusion Wideband (dB)
c.
Fusion Wideband gain (dB)
d.
Fusion Wideband noise figure (dB) 1-4-32
e.
System noise figure (dB)
22.6
f.
Thermal noise (dBm/30 kHz)
–129
g.
Required C/I ratio (dB)
h.
Antenna gain (dBi)
i.
Receive sensitivity (dBm)
–10
22
12
–97.4
Airlink
j.
Multipath fade margin (dB)
k.
Log-normal fade margin with 9 dB std. deviation, 95% area coverage, 87% edge coverage
l.
Body loss (dB)
m.
Airlink losses (not including facility path loss)
10
19
Transmitter
•
n.
Mobile transmit power (dBm)
p.
Maximum path loss (dB)
28
106.4
e: enter the noise figure and gain of each system component (a, b, c, and d) into the standard
cascaded noise figure formula
Fsys = F1 +
F2 – 1
G1
F3 – 1
G1G2
+ ....
where
F = 10 (Noise Figure/10)
G = 10(Gain/10)
(See Rappaport, Theodore S. Wireless Communications, Principles, and Practice. Prentice Hall PTR, 1996.)
•
i=f+e+g–h
•
m=j+k+l
•
p=n–m–i
Therefore, the system is downlink limited but the downlink and uplink are almost balanced,
which is a desirable condition.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 93
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
Elements of a Link Budget for CDMA Standards
A CDMA link budget is slightly more complicated because you must consider the spread spectrum
nature of CDMA. Unlike narrowband standards such as TDMA and GSM, CDMA signals are spread
over a relatively wide frequency band. Upon reception, the CDMA signal despread. In the
despreading process the power in the received signal becomes concentrated into a narrow band,
whereas the noise level remains unchanged. Hence, the signal-to-noise ratio of the despread
signal is higher than that of the CDMA signal before despreading. This increase is called
processing gain. For IS-95 and J-STD-008, the processing gain is 21 dB or 19 dB depending on the
user data rate (9.6 Kbps for rate set 1 and 14.4 Kbps for rate set 2, respectively). Because of the
processing gain, a CDMA signal (comprising one Walsh code channel within the composite CDMA
signal) can be received at a lower level than that required for narrowband signals. A reasonable
level is –95 dBm, which results in about –85 dBm composite as shown below.
An important issue to keep in mind is that the downlink CDMA signal is composed of many
orthogonal channels: pilot, paging, sync, and traffic. The composite power level is the sum of the
powers from the individual channels, of which Table 84 shows an example.
Table 84. Distribution of Power within a CDMA Signal
Channel
Walsh Code Number
Relative Power Level
Pilot
20%
–7.0 dB
Sync
32
5%
–13.3 dB
Primary Paging
19%
–7.3 dB
Traffic
8–31, 33–63
9% (per traffic channel)
–10.3 dB
Table 84 assumes that there are 15 active traffic channels operating with 50% voice activity (so
that the total power adds up to 100%). Notice that the pilot and sync channels together contribute
about 25% of the power. When measuring the power in a CDMA signal you must be aware that if
only the pilot and sync channels are active, the power level will be about 6 to 7 dB lower than the
maximum power level you can expect when all voice channels are active. The implication is that
if only the pilot and sync channels are active, and the maximum Power Per Carrier table says, for
example, that you should not exceed 10 dBm for a CDMA signal, then you should set the
attenuation between the Base Station and the Main Hub so that the Main Hub receives 3 dBm
(assuming 0 dB system gain).
An additional consideration for CDMA systems is that the uplink and downlink paths should be
gain and noise balanced. This is required for proper operation of soft-handoff to the outdoor
network as well as preventing excess interference that is caused by mobiles on the indoor system
transmitting at power levels that are not coordinated with the outdoor mobiles. This balance is
achieved if the power level transmitted by the mobiles under close-loop power control is similar
to the power level transmitted under open-loop power control.
The open-loop power control equations are as follows:
• for Cellular, IS-95:
PTX + PRX = –73 dBm
• for PCS, J-STD-008: PTX + PRX = –76 dBm
where PTX is the mobile’s transmitted power and PRX is the power received by the mobile.
Page 94
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Link Budget Analysis
The power level transmitted under closed-loop power control is adjusted by the Base Station to
achieve a certain Eb/N0 (explained in Table 85). The difference between these power levels, ΔP, can
be estimated by comparing the power radiated from the RAU, Pdownink, to the minimum received
signal, Puplink, at the RAU:
for Cellular:
ΔP = Pdownink + Puplink + 73 dBm
for PCS:
ΔP = Pdownink + Puplink + 76 dBm
It’s a good idea to keep –12 dB < ΔP < 12 dB.
Table 85 provides link budget considerations for CDMA systems.
Table 85. Additional Link Budget Considerations for CDMA
Consideration
Description
Multipath Fade
Margin
The multipath fade margin can be reduced (by at least 3 dB) by using different lengths of optical fiber (this is
called “delay diversity”). The delay over fiber is approximately 5μS/km. If the difference in fiber lengths to
Expansion Hubs with overlapping coverage areas produces at least 1 chip (0.8μS) delay of one path relative
to the other, then the multipaths’ signals can be resolved and processed independently by the Base Station’s
rake receiver. A CDMA signal traveling through 163 meters of MMF cable is delayed by approximately one
chip.
Power Per
Carrier, downlink
This depends on how many channels are active. For example, the signal is about 7 dB lower if only the pilot,
sync, and paging channels are active compared to a fully-loaded CDMA signal. Furthermore, in the CDMA
forward link, voice channels are turned off when the user is not speaking. On average this is assumed to be
about 50% of the time. So, in the spreadsheet, both the power per Walsh code channel (representing how
much signal a mobile will receive on the Walsh code that it is despreading) and the total power are used.
The channel power is needed to determine the maximum path loss, and the total power is needed to
determine how hard the Fusion Wideband system is being driven.
The total power for a fully-loaded CDMA signal is given by (approximately):
total power = voice channel power + 13 dB + 10log10 (50%)
= voice channel power + 10 dB
Information Rate
This is simply
10log10(9.6 Kbps) = 40 dB for rate set 1
10log10(14.4 Kbps) = 42 dB for rate set 2
Process Gain
The process of despreading the desired signal boosts that signal relative to the noise and interference. This
gain needs to be included in the link budget. In the following formulas, PG = process gain:
PG = 10log10(1.25 MHz / 9.6 Kbps) = 21 dB rate set 1
PG = 10log10(1.25 MHz / 14.4 Kbps) = 19 dB rate set 2
Note that the process gain can also be expressed as 10log10 (CDMA bandwidth) minus the information rate.
Eb/No
This is the energy-per-bit divided by the received noise and interference. It’s the CDMA equivalent of
Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR). This figure depends on the mobile’s receiver and the multipath environment.
For example, the multipath delays inside a building are usually too small for a rake receiver in the mobile (or
Base Station) to resolve and coherently combine multipath components. However, if artificial delay can be
introduced by, for instance, using different lengths of cable, then the required Eb/No is lower and the multipath
fade margin in the link budget can be reduced in some cases.
If the receiver noise figure is NF (dB), then the receive sensitivity (dBm) is given by:
Psensitivity = NF + Eb/No + thermal noise in a 1.25 MHz band – PG
= NF + Eb/No – 113 (dBm/1.25 MHz) – PG
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 95
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
Table 85. Additional Link Budget Considerations for CDMA (Cont.)
Consideration
Description
Noise Rise
On the uplink, the noise floor is determined not only by the Fusion Wideband system, but also by the number
of mobiles that are transmitting. This is because when the Base Station attempts to despread a particular
mobile’s signal, all other mobile signals appear to be noise. Because the noise floor rises as more mobiles
try to communicate with a Base Station, the more mobiles there are, the more power they have to transmit.
Hence, the noise floor rises rapidly:
noise rise = 10log10(1 / (1 – loading))
where loading is the number of users as a percentage of the theoretical maximum number of users.
Typically, a Base Station is set to limit the loading to 75%. This noise ratio must be included in the link budget
as a worst-case condition for uplink sensitivity. If there are less users than 75% of the maximum, then the
uplink coverage will be better than predicted.
Hand-off Gain
CDMA supports soft hand-off, a process by which the mobile communicates simultaneously with more than
one Base Station or more than one sector of a Base Station. Soft hand-off provides improved receive
sensitivity because there are two or more receivers or transmitters involved. A line for hand-off gain is
included in the CDMA link budgets worksheet although the gain is set to 0 dB because the in-building system
will probably be designed to limit soft-handoff.
Other CDMA Issues
Other CDMA issues are as follows:
•
Never combine multiple sectors (more than one CDMA signal at the same frequency) into a
Fusion Wideband system. The combined CDMA signals will interfere with each other.
•
Try to minimize overlap between in-building coverage areas that utilize different sectors, as
well as in-building coverage and outdoor coverage areas. This is important because any area
in which more than one dominant pilot signal (at the same frequency) is measured by the
mobile will result in soft-handoff. Soft-handoff decreases the overall network capacity by
allocating multiple channel resources to a single mobile phone.
CDMA Link Budget Analysis for a Microcell Application
Table 86. CDMA Link Budget Analysis: Downlink
Line Downlink
Transmitter
a.
BTS transmit power per traffic channel (dBm)
30.0
b.
Voice activity factor
50%
c.
Composite power (dBm)
40.0
d.
Attenuation between BTS and Fusion Wideband (dB)
–24
e.
Power per channel into Fusion Wideband (dBm)
9.0
f.
Composite power into Fusion Wideband (dBm)
16.0
g.
Fusion Wideband gain (dB)
0.0
h.
Antenna gain (dBi)
3.0
i.
Radiated power per channel (dBm)
12.0
j.
Composite radiated power (dBm)
19.0
Page 96
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Link Budget Analysis
Table 86.
CDMA Link Budget Analysis: Downlink (Cont.)
Line Downlink
Airlink
k.
Handoff gain (dB)
0.0
l.
Multipath fade margin (dB)
6.0
m.
Log-normal fade margin with 9 dB std. deviation, 95% area coverage, 87% edge coverage
n.
Additional loss (dB)
0.0
o.
Body loss (dB)
3.0
p.
Airlink losses (not including facility path loss)
10.0
19.0
Receiver
q.
Mobile noise figure (dB)
7.0
r.
Thermal noise (dBm/Hz)
–174.0
s.
Receiver interference density (dBm/Hz)
–167.0
t.
Information ratio (dB/Hz)
u.
Required Eb/(No+lo)
v.
Minimum received signal (dBm)
w.
Maximum path loss (dB)
•
b and c: see notes in Table 6-34 regarding Power Per Carrier, downlink
•
e=a+d
•
f=c+d
•
i=e+g+h
•
j=f+g+h
•
p = –k + l + m + n + o
•
s=q+r
•
v=s+t+u
•
w=j–p–v
•
x = j (downlink) + m (uplink) + P
41.6
7.0
–118.4
+99.4
where
P = Ptx + Prx =–73 dB for Cellular
–76 dB for PCS
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 97
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
Table 87. CDMA Link Budget Analysis: Uplink
Line Uplink
Receiver
a.
BTS noise figure (dB)
3.0
b.
Attenuation between BTS and Fusion Wideband (dB)
c.
Fusion Wideband gain (dB)
d.
Fusion Wideband noise figure (dB)
22.0
e.
System noise figure (dB)
33.3
f.
Thermal noise (dBm/Hz)
–174.0
g.
Noise rise 75% loading (dB)
h.
Receiver interference density (dBm/Hz)
i.
Information rate (dB/Hz)
–30.0
0.0
6.0
–134.6
41.6
j.
Required Eb/(No+lo)
5.0
k.
Handoff gain (dB)
0.0
l.
Antenna gain (dBi)
3.0
m.
Minimum received signal (dBm)
–91.1
Airlink
n.
Multipath fade margin (dB)
6.0
o.
Log-normal fade margin with 9 dB std. deviation, 95% area coverage, 87% edge coverage
p.
Additional loss (dB)
0.0
q.
Body loss (dB)
3.0
r.
Airlink losses (not including facility path loss)
10.0
19.0
Transmitter
•
s.
Mobile transmit power (dBm)
t.
Maximum path loss (dB)
28.0
100.1
e: enter the noise figure and gain of each system component (a, b, c, and d) into the standard
cascaded noise figure formula
Fsys = F1 +
F2 – 1
G1
F3 – 1
G1G2
+ ....
where
F = 10 (Noise Figure/10)
G = 10(Gain/10)
(See Rappaport, Theodore S. Wireless Communications, Principles, and Practice. Prentice Hall PTR, 1996.)
•
h=e+f+g
•
m = h + i + j –k – l
•
r=n+o+p+q
•
t=s–r–m
Page 98
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Link Budget Analysis
Considerations for Re-Radiation (Over-the-Air) Systems
Fusion Wideband can be used to extend the coverage of the outdoor network by connecting to a
roof-top donor antenna pointed toward an outdoor Base Station. Additional considerations for
such an application of Fusion Wideband are:
•
sizing the gain and output power requirements for a bi-directional amplifier (repeater)
•
ensuring that noise radiated on the uplink from the in-building system does not cause the
outdoor Base Station to become desensitized to wireless handsets in the outdoor network
•
filtering out signals that lie in adjacent frequency bands. For instance, if you are providing
coverage for Cellular B-band operation it may be necessary to filter out the A, A’ and A” bands
which may contain strong signals from other outdoor Base Stations.
Further information on these issues can be found in TE application notes for re-radiation
applications.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 99
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
OPTICAL POWER BUDGET
Fusion Wideband uses SC/APC connectors. The connector losses associated with mating to these
connectors is accounted for in the design and should not be included as elements of the optical
power budget. The reason is that when the optical power budget is defined, measurements are
taken with these connectors in place.
The Fusion Wideband optical power budget for both multi-mode and single-mode fiber
cable is 3.0 dB (optical).
The maximum loss through the fiber can not exceed 3 dB (optical). The maximum lengths of the
fiber cable should not exceed 500m (1,640 ft) for multi-mode and 6 km (19,685 ft) for
single-mode. Both the optical budget and the maximum cable length must be taken into
consideration when designing the system.
NOTE:
Page 100
© 2015 TE Connectivity
It is critical to system performance that only SC/APC fiber connectors be used throughout the
fiber network, including fiber distribution panels.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Connecting a Main Hub to a Base Station
CONNECTING A MAIN HUB TO A BASE STATION
The Fusion Wideband system supports up to three RF sources: one for Band 1, one for Band 2 and
one for Band 3. This section explains how each band can be connected to its associated Base
Station.
Each Fusion Main Hub band has separate system gain parameters. For example, Band 1 can be set
for +5 dB of downlink system gain while Band 2 can have +15 dB of downlink system gain. Thus,
each band can be configured as a separate system to allow for full integration to its associated
Base Station.
When connecting each of the Fusion Wideband Main Hub bands to its Base Station, the following
equipment may be required:
•
circulators
•
filter diplexers
•
directional couplers
•
combiner/splitters
•
attenuators
•
coax cables
•
connectors.
In addition, use the following considerations to achieve optimal performance:
•
The downlink power from the Base Stations must be attenuated enough so that the power
radiated by the RAU does not exceed the maximum Power Per Carrier listed in “Maximum
Output Power Per Carrier” on page 65.
•
The uplink attenuation should be small enough that the sensitivity of the overall system is
limited by Fusion Wideband, not by the attenuator. However, some Base Stations trigger
alarms if the noise or signal levels are too high. In this case the attenuation must be large
enough to prevent this from happening.
CAUTION!
The UPLINK and DOWNLINK ports cannot handle a DC power feed from a BTS. If DC power is
present, a DC block must be used or the Fusion Wideband Main Hub may be damaged.
If, in an area covered by Fusion Wideband, a mobile phone indicates good signal strength but
consistently has difficulty completing calls, it is possible that the attenuation between Fusion
Wideband and the Base Station needs to be adjusted. In other words, it is possible that if the
uplink is over-attenuated, the downlink power will provide good coverage, but the uplink
coverage distance will be small.
When there is an excessive amount of loss between the Fusion Wideband Main Hub uplink and its
associated band’s Base Station, the uplink system gain can be increased to as much as 15 dB to
prevent a reduction in the overall system sensitivity.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 101
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
Uplink Attenuation
The attenuation between the Main Hub’s uplink port and the associated band’s Base Station
reduces both the noise level and the desired signals out of Fusion Wideband. Setting the
attenuation on the uplink is a trade-off between keeping the noise and maximum signal levels
transmitted from Fusion Wideband to the Base Station receiver low while not reducing the SNR
(Signal-to-Noise Ratio) of the path from the RAU inputs to the Base Station inputs. This SNR
cannot be better than the SNR of Fusion Wideband by itself, although it can be significantly worse.
A good rule of thumb is to set the uplink attenuation so that the noise level out of Fusion
Wideband is within 10 dB of the Base Station’s sensitivity.
RAU Attenuation and ALC
The RAU attenuation and ALC are set using the AdminBrowser Edit Unit Properties screen.
Embedded within the uplink RF front-end of each Fusion Wideband RAU band is an ALC circuit.
This ALC circuit protects the Fusion Wideband system from overload and excessive
intermodulation products due to high-powered mobiles or other signal sources that are within
the supported frequency band and are in close proximity to the RAU.
Each individual Band (1or 2) of a Fusion Wideband RAU has an uplink ALC circuit that operates
as a feedback loop. A power detector measures the level of each band’s uplink RF input and if that
level exceeds –30 dBm, an RF attenuator is activated. The level of attenuation is equal to the
amount that the input exceeds –30 dBm. The following sequence describes the operation of the
ALC circuit, as illustrated in Figure 16 on page 103.
The RF signal level into either Band of the RAU rises above the activation threshold (–30
dBm), causing that ALC loop to enter into the attack phase.
During the attack phase, the ALC loop increases the attenuation (0 to 30 dB) until the detector
reading is reduced to the activation threshold. The duration of this attack phase is called the
attack time.
After the attack time, the ALC loop enters the hold phase and maintains a fixed attenuation so
long as the high-level RF signal is present.
The RF signal level drops below the release threshold (–45 dBm) and the ALC loop enters the
release phase.
During the release phase, the ALC loop holds the attenuation for a fixed period then quickly
releases the attenuation.
An important feature of the ALC loop is that in Step 3, the attenuation is maintained at a fixed level
until the signal drops by a significant amount. This prevents the ALC loop from tracking variations
in the RF signal itself and distorting the waveform modulation.
Page 102
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Connecting a Main Hub to a Base Station
Input Signal
Level
Activation
Level
-30 dBm
Output Signal
Level
Release
Level
-45 dBm
Attack
Phase
Hold
Phase
Release
Phase
Time
Figure 16. ALC Operation
Using the RAU 10 dB Attenuation Setting
Each RAU band can, independently of the other RAUs in a system, have its uplink or downlink gain
attenuated by 0 or 10 dB for each RAU band (1, 2 or 3). This is accomplished by selecting the
appropriate UPLINK and/or DOWNLINK attenuation for each RAU band in the Edit Unit Properties
screen of AdminBrowser for the selected RAU.
•
Downlink Attenuation: The downlink attenuator provides a mechanism to reduce the signal
strength from a RAU band. For instance, this could be for a RAU band located near a window
in a tall building that is causing excessive leakage to the macro-network. In such a case it is
important to attenuate the downlink only. The uplink should not be attenuated. If the uplink
is attenuated, the uplink sensitivity is reduced and mobile phones in the area of that RAU band
will have to transmit at a higher power. This would increase interference to the outdoor
network from such mobiles.
•
Uplink Attenuation: The uplink attenuator attenuates environmental noise picked up by a
RAU band located in an area where heavy electrical machinery is operating. In such
environments the electrical noise can be quite high and it is useful to reduce the amount of
such noise that gets propagated through the distributed antenna system. Attenuating the
uplink of a RAU band located in areas of high electrical noise helps preserve the sensitivity of
the rest of the system.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 103
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Designing a Fusion Wideband Solution
The effect of activating the uplink or downlink attenuators is to reduce the coverage area of the
adjusted RAU band. The coverage radius will be reduced by roughly a factor of 2. More
specifically, if d is the coverage distance without attenuation and d’ is the coverage radius with
the attenuation, then
where PLS is Path Loss Slope (dBm).
Using the Uplink ALC Setting
Uplink Automatic Level Control (UL ALC) circuitry for each band within the RAU provides ALC on
high-power signals in the uplink path. This functionality is required to prevent RF signal
compression caused by a single or multiple wireless devices in very close proximity to the RAU
band. Compression causes signal degradation and, ultimately, dropped calls and data errors, and
should be prevented. Two settings are available to optimize UL ALC performance:
•
Multiple Operators: Use when more than one operator and/or protocol is present in the
Fusion Wideband system’s band frequency or adjacent frequency bands. This setting is most
commonly used.
•
Single Operator and Protocol: Use when only one operator and protocol is on-the-air within
the Fusion Wideband system’s configured and adjacent frequency bands. This setting is
seldom used.
Page 104
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
INSTALLING FUSION WIDEBAND
Topics
Page
Installation Requirements.................................................................................................................................................... 107
Component Location Requirements.......................................................................................................................................107
Cable and Connector Requirements.......................................................................................................................................107
Distance Requirements ..........................................................................................................................................................108
Safety Precautions ............................................................................................................................................................... 109
Installation Guidelines ............................................................................................................................................................109
General Safety Precautions ....................................................................................................................................................109
Fiber Port Safety Precautions .................................................................................................................................................110
Preparing for System Installation ......................................................................................................................................... 111
Pre-Installation Inspection .....................................................................................................................................................111
Installation Checklist...............................................................................................................................................................111
Tools and Materials Required.................................................................................................................................................113
Optional Accessories ..............................................................................................................................................................114
Installing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub ............................................................................................................................... 115
Installing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub in a Rack..................................................................................................................115
Installing an Optional Cable Manager in the Rack..................................................................................................................116
Installing a Main Hub Using the 12” Wall-Mounted Rack (PN 4712) .....................................................................................116
Installing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub Directly to the Wall.................................................................................................117
Connecting the Fiber Cables to the Main Hub .......................................................................................................................118
Prepare the Fiber Cables ................................................................................................................................................118
Clean the Fiber Ports ......................................................................................................................................................118
Using Compressed Air.............................................................................................................................................118
Using Isopropyl Alcohol ..........................................................................................................................................118
Cleaning the Fiber Ends ..................................................................................................................................................119
Testing the Fiber Cables .................................................................................................................................................119
Connecting the Fiber Cables...........................................................................................................................................119
If the fiber jumper is labeled with 1 or 2 ................................................................................................................119
If the Fiber Jumper is Color-Coded .........................................................................................................................120
Making Power Connections....................................................................................................................................................120
AC Powered Main Hub ...................................................................................................................................................120
DC Powered Main Hub and Expansion Hub....................................................................................................................120
Optional Connection to DC Power Source..............................................................................................................................123
Power on the Main Hub .........................................................................................................................................................126
Installing Expansion Hubs .................................................................................................................................................... 127
Installing the Expansion Hub in a Rack ...................................................................................................................................127
Installing an Expansion Hub Using the 12” Wall-Mounted Rack ............................................................................................128
Installing an Expansion Hub Directly to the Wall ...................................................................................................................129
Installing an Optional Cable Manager in the Rack..................................................................................................................129
Powering on the Expansion Hub ............................................................................................................................................130
Connecting the Fiber Cables to the Expansion Hub ...............................................................................................................130
Prepare the Fiber Cables ................................................................................................................................................130
Connect the Fiber Cables................................................................................................................................................130
If the Fiber Jumper Is Labeled with 1 or 2 ..............................................................................................................130
If the Fiber Jumper Is Color-Coded .........................................................................................................................131
Connecting the 75 Ohm CATV Cables.....................................................................................................................................131
Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Installation .....................................................................................................132
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev H • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 105
©2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Installing RAUs..................................................................................................................................................................... 133
RAU Installation Notes ........................................................................................................................................................... 133
Installing Passive Antennas .................................................................................................................................................... 133
Location .......................................................................................................................................................................... 133
800/850 MHz Isolation Requirements ........................................................................................................................... 134
800 MHz iDEN Downlink and 850 MHz Cellular Uplink .................................................................................................. 135
850 MHz Cellular Downlink and 900 MHz iDEN Uplink .................................................................................................. 135
Connecting the Antenna to the RAU ...................................................................................................................................... 136
Connecting the CATV Cable.................................................................................................................................................... 136
Troubleshooting Using RAU LEDs During Installation ............................................................................................................ 137
Configuring the Fusion Wideband System ............................................................................................................................ 138
Connecting the PC to the Main Hub to Run AdminBrowser .................................................................................................. 138
Programming the Main Hub Using AdminBrowser ................................................................................................................ 139
Using AdminBrowser .............................................................................................................................................................. 140
Splicing Fiber Optic Cable..................................................................................................................................................... 146
Option A: Fusion Wideband Splice the Fiber-Optic Cable to the SC/APC Pigtail.................................................................... 146
Option B: Fusion Wideband Splice the Fiber-Optic Cable to the SC/APC Pigtail.................................................................... 147
Interfacing the Fusion Wideband Main Hub to an RF Source ................................................................................................ 148
Connecting a Fusion Wideband Main Hub to an In-Building BTS........................................................................................... 148
Connecting a Duplex Base Station to a Fusion Wideband Main Hub ..................................................................................... 149
Connecting a Fusion Wideband Main Hub RF Band to Multiple BTSs.................................................................................... 150
Connecting a Fusion Wideband Main Hub to a Roof-Top Antenna ....................................................................................... 151
Connecting a Fusion Wideband Main Hub to Flexwave Focus............................................................................................... 152
Connecting Multiple Fusion Wideband Main Hubs to an RF Source...................................................................................... 152
Connecting Multiple Fusion Wideband Main Hubs to a Simplex Repeater or BTS ........................................................ 152
Connecting Multiple Fusion Wideband Main Hubs to a Duplex Repeater or BTS.......................................................... 154
Connecting Contact Alarms to a Fusion Wideband System ................................................................................................... 156
Alarm Source .......................................................................................................................................................................... 157
Using FlexWave Focus to Monitor Fusion Wideband..................................................................................................... 157
Using a Base Station to Monitor Fusion Wideband........................................................................................................ 158
Using a Base Station and AdminBrowser to Monitor Fusion Wideband........................................................................ 159
Alarm Sense............................................................................................................................................................................ 160
Alarm Cables........................................................................................................................................................................... 161
Alarm Monitoring Connectivity Options............................................................................................................................... 162
Direct Connection................................................................................................................................................................... 162
Modem Connection................................................................................................................................................................ 162
Setting Up Fusion Wideband Modem (USR Modem) Using AdminBrowser .................................................................. 163
Setting Up a PC Modem Using Windows........................................................................................................................ 164
100 BASE-T Port Expander Connection .................................................................................................................................. 169
POTS Line Sharing Switch Connection .................................................................................................................................... 170
Ethernet RF Modem ............................................................................................................................................................... 171
Ethernet LAN Connection....................................................................................................................................................... 172
SNMP Interface ...................................................................................................................................................................... 172
Page 106
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Installation Requirements
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
Before and during installation, keep in mind these sources of potential problems:
•
faulty cabling/connector
•
dirty connectors and ports
•
malfunction of one or more Fusion Wideband components
•
antenna, Base Station, or repeater problem
•
external RF interface
•
tripped circuit breaker
•
equipment is not grounded
•
using a crossover Ethernet cable that does not support full hardware handshaking when
using AdminBrowser.
NOTE:
Faulty cabling is the cause of a vast majority of problems. All CATV cable should be tested to
TIA-570-B specifications.
Component Location Requirements
CAUTION!
Fusion Wideband components are intended to be installed in indoor locations only. If outdoor
installation is desired, such as in a parking garage, the Fusion Wideband components must be
installed in the appropriate environmental enclosures.
Cable and Connector Requirements
Fusion Wideband equipment operates over the following:
•
CATV 75 Ohm cable with F connectors
•
Single-mode fiber (SMF) or multi-mode (MMF) cable with SC/APC fiber connectors
throughout the fiber network, including fiber distribution panels
These cables are widely-used, industry standards for the cable TV industry. The regulations and
guidelines for Fusion Wideband cable installation are identical to those specified by the TIA/EIA
568-B standard and the TIA/EIA/570-A standards.
TE recommends solid copper center conductor, plenum-rated CATV cable and connectors for
conformity to building codes, standards, and to ensure stated performance of maximum distance
and RF specifications.
CommScope 2065V cable or equivalent is required for RG-59.
CommScope 2279V cable or equivalent is required for RG-6.
CommScope 2293K cable may also be used for RG-11.
NOTE:
Refer to “Appendix A: Cables and Connectors” on page 191 for more information related to 75
Ohm CATV.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 107
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
TE recommends connectors with fixed centerpins to ensure proper seating and to eliminate
oxidation, which occurs with bare center conductors. TE recommends the following CANARE
connectors:
•
FP-C4F for CommScope 2065V cable
•
FP-C55A for CommScope 2279V cable
•
FP-C71A for CommScope 2293K cable
CAUTION!
The proper crimp tool and die must be matched by the connector type.
Distance Requirements
Table 88 shows the distances between Fusion Wideband components and related equipment.
Table 88.
Distance Requirements
Equipment
Combination
Cable Type
Cable Length
Additional Information
Repeater/BTS to
Fusion Wideband
Main Hub
Coaxial; N male
connectors
3–6 m (10–20 ft) typical
Limited by loss and noise.
Refer to your link budget
calculation.
10 m (33 ft) maximum
Limited by CE Mark
requirements.
Fusion Wideband
Expansion Hub to
RAU
CATV 75 Ohm;
shielded F male
connectors
Minimum: 10 meters (33 ft)
Maximum:
150 meters (492 ft) for RG-59;
170 meters (558 ft) for RG-6;
275 meters (902 ft) for RG-11
Refer to Table 39 on page 53 and Table 40 on
page 54.
Refer to “System Gain” on
page 82.
Main Hub to
Expansion Hub
Multi-mode fiber:
Single-mode fiber:
SC/APC male
connectors
500 m (1640 ft.) maximum
6 km (19,685 ft.) maximum
Limited by 3 dB optical
attenuation
RAU to passive
antenna
Coaxial; N male
connectors
1–3.5 m (3–12 ft) typical
Limited by loss and noise.
Refer to your link budget
calculation.
Page 108
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Safety Precautions
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Installation Guidelines
Use the following guidelines when installing TE equipment:
Provide sufficient airflow and cooling to the equipment to prevent heat build-up from
exceeding the maximum ambient air temperature specification. Do not compromise the
amount of airflow required for safe operation of the equipment.
If you are removing the system, turn it off and remove the power cord first. There are no
user-serviceable parts inside the components.
The internal power supplies have internal fuses that are not user replaceable. Consider the
worst-case power consumption shown on the product labels when provisioning the
equipment’s AC power source and distribution.
Verify that the Hub is grounded properly using the AC power cord third wire ground.
CAUTION!
Be careful with the mechanical loading of the rack mounted hub. Mount the equipment in the
rack in such a way that a hazardous condition, due to uneven mechanical loading, does not
result.
General Safety Precautions
The following precautions apply to TE products:
•
The units have no user-serviceable parts. Faulty or failed units are fully replaceable through
TE, see “Appendix D: Contacting TE Connectivity” on page 229.
•
When you connect the fiber optic cable, clean all optical fiber SC/APC connectors according to
the cable manufacturer’s instructions.
•
When you connect a radiating antenna to a RAU, firmly hand-tighten the N connector.
DO NOT over-tighten the connector.
CAUTION!
•
To reduce the risk of fire or electric shock, do not expose this equipment to rain or moisture. The
components are intended for indoor use only. Do not install the RAU outdoors. Do not connect
a RAU to an antenna that is located outdoors where it could be subject to lightning strikes, power
crosses, or wind.
The Expansion Hub and RAU units are designed for intra-building cabling only. Outdoor
routing of any cabling to these units shall not exceed 140 feet.
CAUTION!
Outdoor cables farther than 140 feet must be installed with proper lightning protection.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 109
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Fiber Port Safety Precautions
The following are suggested safety precautions for working with fiber ports. For information
about system compliance with safety standards, refer to “Appendix B: Compliance” on page 203.
CAUTION!
Observe the following warning about viewing fiber ends in ports. Do not stare directly into a fiber
port. Do not stare with unprotected eyes at the connector ends of the fibers or the ports of the
hubs. Invisible infrared radiation is present at the front panel of the Main Hub and the Expansion
Hub. Do not remove the fiber port dust caps unless the port is going to be used.
•
Test fiber cables: When you test fiber optic cables, connect the optical power source last and
disconnect it first. Use Class 1 test equipment.
•
Fiber ends: Cover any unconnected fiber ends with an approved cap. Do not use tape.
•
Broken fiber cables: Do not stare with unprotected eyes at any broken ends of the fibers.
Laser light emitted from fiber sources can cause eye injury. Avoid contact with broken fibers;
they are sharp and can pierce the skin. Report any broken fiber cables and have them
replaced.
•
Cleaning: Be sure the connectors are clean and free of dust or oils. Use only approved
methods for cleaning optical fiber connectors.
•
Modifications: Do not make any unauthorized modifications to this fiber optic system or
associated equipment.
•
Live work: Live work is permitted because TE equipment is a Class 1 hazard.
•
Signs: No warning signs are required.
•
Class 1 laser product: The system meets the criteria for a Class 1 laser product per IEC
60825-1: 1993+A1:+A2:2001 and IEC106825-2.
Complies with 21 CFR 1040.10 and 1040.11 except for deviations pursuant to Laser Notice
No. 50, dated July 26, 2001.
The hazard level at all locations within the equipment is Hazard Level 1.
CAUTION!
Page 110
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein
may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Preparing for System Installation
PREPARING FOR SYSTEM INSTALLATION
Pre-Installation Inspection
Follow this procedure before installing Fusion Wideband equipment.
Verify the number of packages received against the packing list.
Check all packages for external damage; report any external damage to the shipping carrier.
If there is damage, a shipping agent should be present before you unpack and inspect the
contents because damage caused during transit is the responsibility of the shipping agent.
Open and check each package against the packing list. If any items are missing, contact TE
customer service (see “Appendix D: Contacting TE Connectivity” on page 229).
If damage is discovered at the time of installation, contact the shipping agent.
Installation Checklist
Table 89.

Installation Checklist
Installation Requirement
Consideration
Floor Plans
Installation location of equipment clearly marked
System Design
Used to verify frequency bands after installation
Power available:
Fusion Wideband Main Hub (AC)
Fusion Wideband Expansion Hub (AC)
To RAU (DC)
Fusion Wideband Main Hub (DC)
Fusion Wideband Expansion Hub (DC)
Hub’s power cord is 2 m (6.5 ft) long.
115/230V, 2/1A, 50–60 Hz
115/230V, 6/3A, 50-60 Hz
54V (from the Hub)
38–64VDC, 2.5A
38–64VDC, 14A
Rack space available
(Main and Expansion Hub)
89 mm (3.5 in.) high (2U)
Wall-Mount Fusion Wideband Main Hub
Hub must be mounted on 3/4-inch plywood backboard.
Clearance for air circulation:
Fusion Wideband Main or Expansion Hub
RAU
76 mm (3 in.) front and rear, 51 mm (2 in.) sides
76 mm (3 in.) all around
Suitable operating environment:
Fusion Wideband Main or Expansion Hub
RAUs
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Indoor location only
0° to +45°C (+32° to +113°F)
5% to 95% non-condensing humidity
–25° to +45°C (–13° to +113°F)
5% to 95% non-condensing humidity
Page 111
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Table 89.

Installation Requirement
Installation Checklist (Cont.)
Consideration
Donor Antenna-to-Fusion Wideband Configuration (for each Fusion Wideband Band)
Donor Antenna
Installed, inspected; N-male to N-male coaxial cable to lightning
arrestor/surge suppressor
Lightning Arrestor or
Surge Suppressor
Installed between roof-top antenna and repeater; N-male to N-male 50
Ohm coaxial cable and outdoor cables longer than 140 feet.
Repeater
Installed between lightning arrestor/surge suppressor and Hub; N-male
to N-male coaxial cable. The Repeater must be a UL listed product.
Attenuator
Installed between the circulator and the Hub downlink port to prevent
overload. Optionally, it may be installed between the uplink port and the
circulator.
Circulator or Duplexer
Installed between the repeater and the Hub uplink and downlink ports.
Base Station-to-Fusion Wideband Configuration (for each Fusion Wideband Band)
Base Station
Installed, inspected; verify RF power (see tables in “Maximum Output
Power Per Carrier” on page 65); N-male to N-male coaxial cable.
Attenuator
Attenuation may be required to achieve the desired RF output at the
RAU, and the desired uplink noise floor level.
Circulator or Duplexer
When using a duplex BTS: Installed between the BTS and the Hub uplink
and downlink ports. Not used with a simplex BTS.
Connecting Multiple Fusion Wideband Main Hubs Together
5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable
(PN 4024-3)
For contact alarm monitoring of fault and warning alarms. Used to feed
the alarms from multiple Fusion Wideband Main Hubs into a BTS or
FlexWave Focus. N.C. Operation.
Cabling
Coaxial: repeater, Base Station, Smart Source
to Fusion Wideband Main Hub
Coax approved; N-type male connectors.
Coaxial: RAU to passive
antennas
Use low-loss cable; N male connector; typical 1 m (3.3 ft) using RG142
coaxial cable.
Fiber: Main Hub to Expansion Hubs
SC/APC (angle-polished) male connectors for entire fiber run (can use
SC/APC pigtails, PN 4012SCAPC-10 for MMF or 4013SCAPC-10 for
SMF);
Use jumper fiber cables for collocated Main and Expansion Hubs (3
m/10 ft.):
Multi-mode: PN 4017SCAPC-10
Single-mode: PN 4018SCAPC-10
Distance limited by optical loss of 3 dB
Multi-mode up to 500 m (1640 ft.)
Single-mode up to 6 km (19,685 ft.)
CATV
TIA-570-B approved; centerpin F male connectors. CATV connectors
must be connected to the shield at both ends. The RAU will be damaged
if it is mis-wired.
Tie-off cables to avoid damaging the connectors because of cable
strain.
Fusion Wideband Expansion Hub to RAUs
• Minimum: 0 meters (0 ft)
• Maximum: RG-59: 150 meters (492 ft)
RG-6: 170 meters (557 ft)
RG-11: 275 meters (902 ft)
For cable requirements, see “Appendix A: Cables and Connectors” on
page 191.
Page 112
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Preparing for System Installation
Table 89. Installation Checklist (Cont.)

Installation Requirement
Consideration
Configuring the System
PC/laptop running
standard browser software
Refer to the AdminBrowser User Manual (PN D-620607-0-20)
Miscellaneous
Cross-over Ethernet cable
Male connectors; Fusion Wideband Main Hub to a PC/laptop running a
standard browser to the Fusion Wideband AdminBrowser software;
local connection or LAN switch connector for remote connections.
Straight-through cable
Female/male connectors; Fusion Wideband Main Hub to a modem for a
remote connection.
Distances
Fusion Wideband Main Hub is within 3–6m
(10–20 ft) of connecting
repeater/BTS/FlexWave
If longer distance, determine the loss of the cable used for this
connection and adjust the RF signal for each Band into the Fusion
Wideband Main Hub accordingly. This can be done by readjusting the
power from the Base Station, or by changing the attenuation value
between the Base Station/repeater and the Hub Bands (1 and 2).
Tools and Materials Required
Table 90.

Tools and Materials Required for Component Installation
Description
Cable ties
Screwdriver
Mounting screws and spring nuts
Screws, anchors (for mounting RAUs)
Drill
Fiber connector cleaning kit
Fusion Wideband splicer
Splicing tool kit (including snips, cladding strippers, fiber cleaver, isopropyl alcohol,
lint-free wipes)
Fusion Wideband splicing sleeves
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 113
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Optional Accessories
Table 91. Optional Accessories for Component Installation

Description
Wall-mount bracket (PN 4712)
When using this bracket with an Fusion Wideband Main Hub, the Hub’s mounting bracket must be moved
to the alternate mounting position (refer to “Installing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub in a Rack” on page 115).
Cable management (Cable manager: PN 4759; Tie wrap bar: PN 4757)
Splice trays
Pigtails with SC/APC connectors, 3 m (10 ft.)
Multi-mode fiber SC/APC pigtail: PN 4012SCAPC-10
Single-mode fiber SC/APC pigtail: PN 4013SCAPC-10
Jumper cable when Main and Expansion Hubs are collocated, 3 m (10 ft.)
Multi-mode fiber SC/APC: PN 4018SCAPC-10
Line Sharing Switch:
When using a single POTS line with multiple Fusion Wideband Main Hubs, connect up to four or eight
modems to a line sharing switch:
4-port (240031-0)
8-port (240052-0)
Alarm Cables:
5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable (PN 4024-3)
Alarm Sense Adapter Cable (PN 4025-1)
Page 114
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Installing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub
INSTALLING A FUSION WIDEBAND MAIN HUB
CAUTION!
Install Fusion Wideband Main Hubs in indoor locations only.
NOTE:
The following procedure assumes that the system is new from the factory and that it has not
been programmed with bands. If you are replacing components in a pre-installed system with
either new units or units that may already be programmed (for example, re-using units from
another system), refer to “Replacing Fusion Wideband Components” on page 175.
Installing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub in a Rack
The Fusion Wideband Main Hub (2U high) mounts in a standard 19 in. (483 mm) equipment rack.
Allow clearance of 76 mm (3 in.) front and rear, and 51 mm (2 in.) on both sides for air circulation.
No top or bottom clearance is required. Figure 17 shows the mounting bracket that secures the
Hub to the equipment rack.
Figure 17. Mounting Bracket Detail
Do the following to install the Hub in a rack:
Confirm that the mounting screws match the rack’s threads. (The Fusion Wideband Main Hub
ships with #10-32 mounting screws; another common rack thread is #12-24.)
Insert spring nuts into rack where needed or use existing threaded holes.
Insert the Hub into the rack from the front.
Align the flange holes with the spring nuts installed in Step 2.
Insert the mounting screws in the appropriate positions in the rack.
Tighten the mounting screws.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 115
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Installing an Optional Cable Manager in the Rack
Use the screws provided to fasten the cable manager to the rack, immediately above or below the
Main Hub.
Installing a Main Hub Using the 12” Wall-Mounted Rack (PN 4712)
CAUTION!
The maximum weight the bracket can hold is 22.5 kg (50 lbs).
NOTE:
The bracket is designed to accommodate a Fusion Wideband Main Hub (12 lbs.) or an Expansion
Hub (14.5 lbs.).
NOTE:
The wall mount bracket should be securely mounted to wall, using the four key slot mounting
holes on the bracket.
NOTE:
This installation requires that you attach the Fusion Wideband Main Hub to wall studs with
16-inch spacing. If wall stud spacing of 16” is not available, follow the steps in “Installing a Fusion
Wideband Main Hub Directly to the Wall” on page 117.
Do the following to install a Hub using the 12” wall-mounted rack (PN 4712):
Attach the wall bracket (PN 4712) to wall studs spaced 16-inches apart, using #10 Pan Head
wood screws, 1-1/2-inch minimum length for mounting in wood studs. Position the bracket
so that the Hub will be in a horizontal position when it is installed.
Remove both of the rack mounting brackets from the Hub.
Move the rack-mounting brackets on the Fusion Wideband Main Hub to the recessed
mounting position to allow for the required 3-inch (76 mm) rear clearance.
Insert the Hub in the rack.
Use the rack mounting screws to secure the Hub to the rack.
Page 116
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Installing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub
Installing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub Directly to the Wall
Pre-install 3/4-inch plywood to the wall. The plywood must be big enough to accommodate
the Fusion Wideband Main Hub (17.25-inch tall × 15-inch wide / 438 mm × 381 mm).
Use #10-32 machine screws to mount both of the rack mounting brackets to the Hub:
Attach the Hub to the wall so the mounting brackets are orientated at the top and bottom of
the wall mounted hub, as shown below:
Use two #10 Pan Head wood screws,
1-1/2” length, to secure each bracket
to the plywood. In this orientation the
enclosure fans will face to the left.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 117
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Connecting the Fiber Cables to the Main Hub
CAUTION!
Observe all Fiber Port Safety Precautions listed in “Safety Precautions” on page 109.
Prepare the Fiber Cables
Do the following before connecting the fiber cables:
Confirm that their optical loss does not exceed the 3 dB optical budget.
If using fiber distribution panels, confirm that the total optical loss of fiber cable, from the
Main Hub through distribution panels and patch cords to the Expansion Hub, does not exceed
the optical budget.
Make sure the fiber cable’s connectors are SC/APC (angle-polished). Using any other
connector type will result in degraded system performance and may damage the
equipment. (You can use an SC/APC pigtail if the fiber cable’s connectors are not SC/APC.
Refer to “Splicing Fiber Optic Cable” on page 146. Or, you can change the fiber’s connector to
SC/APC.)
Clean the Fiber Ports
You can clean the Hub’s fiber ports using canned compressed air or isopropyl alcohol and foam
tipped swabs.
•
If using compressed air, the air must be free of dust, water, and oil, and hold the can level
during use.
•
If using isopropyl alcohol and foam tipped swabs, use only 98% pure or more alcohol.
Using Compressed Air
Remove the port’s dust cap.
Spray the compressed air away from the unit for a few seconds to clean out the nozzle and
then blow dust particles out of each fiber port.
Using Isopropyl Alcohol
Remove the connector’s dust cap.
Dip a 2.5mm lint-free, foam-tipped swab in isopropyl alcohol and slowly insert the tip into the
connector.
Gently twist the swab to clean the port.
Insert a dry swab into the port to dry it.
Additionally, you can use compressed air after the alcohol has completely evaporated.
Page 118
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Installing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub
Cleaning the Fiber Ends
Be sure that the fiber cable’s SC/APC connectors are clean and free of dust and oils. You need
lint-free cloths, isopropyl alcohol, and compressed air.
Moisten a lint-free cloth with isopropyl alcohol.
Gently wipe the fiber end with the moistened cloth.
Using a dry lint-free cloth, gently wipe the fiber end.
Spray the compressed air away from the connector for a few seconds to clean out the nozzle
and then use it to completely dry the connector.
Testing the Fiber Cables
Perform cable testing and record the results. Test results are required for the final As-Built
Document.
Connecting the Fiber Cables
The fiber cable is labeled with either 1 or 2, or is color-coded. In addition to these labels, you
should add a code that identifies which port on the Main Hub is being used and which Expansion
Hub the cables are intended for. This differentiates the connectors for proper connection between
the Main Hub and Expansion Hubs.
For example:
First pair to Main Hub port 1: 11 (uplink), 12 (downlink);
Second pair to Main Hub port 2: 21 (uplink), 22 (downlink);
Third pair to Main Hub port 3: 31 (uplink), 32 (downlink); and so on.
NOTE:
The Fusion Wideband One Port Main Hub (PN: FSN-1-MH-1P and FSN-2-MH-2-1P) configuration
is a cost reduced version of the Fusion Wideband Main Hub and supports only one Expansion Hub
(up to 8 RAUs).
If the fiber jumper is labeled with 1 or 2
Connect 1s to UPLINK ports on the Main Hub.
Connect 2s to DOWNLINK ports on the Main Hub.
Record which cable number and port number you connected to UPLINK and DOWNLINK.
(This information is needed when connecting the other end of the fiber cable to the Expansion
Hub’s fiber ports.)
The fiber port LEDs should be off, indicating that the Expansion Hub(s) are not connected.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 119
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
If the Fiber Jumper is Color-Coded
Connect “blue” to UPLINK ports on the Main Hub.
Connect “red” to DOWNLINK ports on the Main Hub.
Record which color and port number you connected to UPLINK and DOWNLINK.
This information is needed when connecting the other end of the fiber cable to the Expansion
Hub’s fiber ports.
The fiber port LEDs should be off, indicating that the Expansion Hub(s) are not connected.
Making Power Connections
CAUTION!
Only trained and qualified personnel should install or replace this equipment.
Follow the procedure that corresponds to your system design:
•
AC Powered Main Hub
•
DC Powered Main Hub and Expansion Hub.
AC Powered Main Hub
Connect the AC power cord to the Main Hub.
Plug the power cord into an AC power outlet.
DC Powered Main Hub and Expansion Hub
CAUTION!
The protective earth connection should be connected before proceeding with power
connections. Confirm the DC power source is powered off during installation. Damage to hubs
may result if power is connected improperly.
The DC powered Main Hub and Expansion Hub are intended to be powered by a +48VDC power
source. The hubs are designed for 14AWG to 6AWG wire size connections. Use only UL listed
AWM wire, rated 600V and 90°C.
If wires larger than 6AWG are needed from the DC power source, follow local codes for reducing
the wire size at hub connection point.
Follow local codes for routing of power cables to power source.
The unit should be connected to a DC branch circuit breaker. A suitable disconnect device must
be provided in the DC branch, either a circuit breaker or switch, that can be employed to
disconnect power to the system during servicing.
Figure 18 illustrates the recommended routing of hub wires.
Page 120
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Installing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub
Figure 18. Recommended Hub-Wire Routing
To connect DC power to a Main Hub or Expansion Hub:
Strip 5/8” (16mm) of wire insulation material off each power wire.
Insert the +48VDC wire into the compression terminal at the “+” location.
Insert the -48VDC wire into the compression terminal at the “-” location.
Bare wire ends should be fully inserted into terminal.
Use a flat blade screw driver to fasten the wire inside the compression terminal.
For the Protective Ground Wire, use 14AWG minimum wire with a #8-32 stud size ring lug,
as shown below.
CAUTION!
The warning color code of the power cables depends on the color coding of the DC power source
installed at your site. Color code standards for DC wiring do not exist. To ensure that the correct
polarity is connected to the hubs, confirm the connection of the power cables to the + (positive)
and - (negative) leads at the power source.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 121
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Use the following illustrations in the order shown to connect the power.
Page 122
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Installing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub
Install the clear protective cover with the pan head screws:
Optional Connection to DC Power Source
This is an optional connection method using ring-tongue lugs instead of the compression lugs that
are pre-mounted on the terminal block. Use wire selection instructions in “Making Power
Connections” on page 120.
CAUTION!
Before connecting power wires, be sure the power source is shut off, and the power switch of
the hubs are in the OFF position. Connect the ground wires before connecting the power wires.
Remove the existing compression lugs by first removing the mounting screws:
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 123
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Connect the safety ground wire as previously explained and shown below.
Use 14AWG minimum wire with a #8-32 stud size ring lug as shown below.
Power Wires
14 AWG minimum wire
with a #8-32 stud size ring
lug.
Page 124
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Installing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub
Install the finish wires using the proper polarity and secure them with #8-32 pan head screws
previously removed in Step 1 on page 123.
Attach the clear protective cover and secure it with the two #8-32 pan head screws supplied
with the Hub.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 125
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Power on the Main Hub
Connect the AC or DC power as explained in “Making Power Connections” on page 120.
Turn on the power to the Main Hub and check that all the LED lamps are functioning properly.
Upon power-up, the LEDs blinks for five seconds as a visual check that they are functioning.
After the five-second test, LED states during power on will vary, depending on whether
Expansion Hubs are connected. Refer to Table 92 for possible combinations.
Table 92.
Troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs During Installation
During
Installation
Power On
LED
State
Action
Impact
1 Main Hub
POWER
Off
Check AC power; check that the Main Hub power-on
switch is on; replace the Main Hub
The Main Hub is not
powering on.
POWER
Red
Replace the Main Hub
The power supply is
out-of-specification.
PORT
LEDs are on
but didn’t blink
through all
states
Replace the Main Hub.
The micro controller is
not resetting properly;
flash memory
corrupted.
PORT
Red
The port is unusable; replace the Main Hub when
possible.
Fiber sensor fault, do
not use the port.
• If the port LEDs do not illuminate, check the fiber
uplink for excessive optical loss.
• If Expansion Hub’s DL STATUS LED is red:
• Verify that the fiber is connected to the
correct port (that is, uplink/downlink)
• Swap the uplink and downlink cables.
• Connect the fiber pair to another port. If the
second port’s LEDs do not illuminate Green/Red,
replace the Main Hub.
• If the second port works, flag the first port as
unusable; replace the Main Hub when
possible.
• If the Expansion Hub DL STATUS LED is red,
check the downlink fiber cable for excessive
optical loss.
• Connect the fiber pair to another port. If the
second port’s LEDs do not illuminate Green/Red,
replace the Main Hub.
• If the second port works, flag the first port as
unusable; replace the Main Hub when
possible.
The Expansion Hub or connected RAU reports a fault
Use AdminManager to determine the problem.
No uplink optical
power, the Expansion
Hub is not recognized
as being present.
No communication
with the Expansion
Hub.
power is On
with no
Expansion
Hubs
connected.
Off
2 Main Hub
PORT
Off
PORT
Red (60 ppm)
PORT
Red
power is On
with
Expansion
Hubs
connected
and powered
on.
Page 126
© 2015 TE Connectivity
No communication
with the Expansion
Hub.
The Expansion Hub or
one or more RAUs are
off-line.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Installing Expansion Hubs
INSTALLING EXPANSION HUBS
The Expansion Hub (2U high) can be installed in a standard 19” (483 mm) equipment rack or in
a wall-mountable equipment rack that is available from TE. Allow the following clearances:
•
3” (76 mm) front and rear
•
2” (51 mm) sides for air circulation
•
no clearance is required for the top and bottom.
CAUTION!
Install Expansion Hubs in indoor locations only.
NOTE:
The following procedures assume that the system is new from the factory and that it has not
been programmed with bands. If you are replacing components in a pre-installed system with
either new units or units that may already be programmed (for example, re-using units from
another system), refer to “Replacing Fusion Wideband Components” on page 175.
Installing the Expansion Hub in a Rack
Confirm that the mounting screws match the rack’s threads. (The Expansion Hub is shipped
with #10-32 mounting screws; another common rack thread is #12-24.)
Insert spring nuts into the rack where needed or use existing threaded holes.
Insert the Expansion Hub into the rack from the front.
Align the flange holes with the spring nuts installed in Step 2.
Insert the mounting screws in the appropriate positions in the rack.
Tighten the mounting screws.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 127
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Installing an Expansion Hub Using the 12” Wall-Mounted Rack
CAUTION!
The maximum weight the rack can hold is 22.5 kg (50 lbs).
NOTE:
The rack (PN4712) is 305 mm (12 in.) deep. The Expansion Hub is 381 mm (15 in.) deep.
NOTE:
If wall stud spacing of 16” is not available, TE recommends that 3/4-inch plywood be
pre-installed to the wall. You can then attach the bracket to the plywood using the wood screws.
Move the rack mounting brackets on the Expansion Hub, as shown below, to the center
mounting position to allow for the 76 mm (3 in.) rear clearance that is required.
Attach the equipment rack to the wall using the screws that are provided.
The rack must be positioned so that the Expansion Hub will be in a horizontal position when
it is installed.
Remove both of the rack mounting brackets from the Hub.
Reattach each of the rack mounting brackets to the recessed wall mount position.
Install the Hub in the rack using the rack mounting screws.
Tighten the mounting screws.
Page 128
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Installing Expansion Hubs
Installing an Expansion Hub Directly to the Wall
Pre-install 3/4-inch plywood to the wall.
Mount both of the rack mounting brackets using #10-32 machine screws:
Attach the Hub to the wall so the mounting brackets are orientated at the top and bottom of
the wall mounted hub:
Leave the dust caps on the fiber ports until you are ready to connect the fiber optic cables.
Installing an Optional Cable Manager in the Rack
Use the screws provided to fasten the cable manager to the rack, immediately above or below the
Expansion Hub.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 129
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Powering on the Expansion Hub
Connect the AC or DC power as explained in “Making Power Connections” on page 120.
Turn on the power to the Expansion Hub and check that all the LED lamps are functioning
properly.
Upon power-up, the LEDs blink for five seconds as a visual check that they are functioning.
After the five-second test:
•
The POWER and UL STATUS LEDs should be green.
•
If the uplink fiber is not connected, the UL STATUS LED turns red indicating that there is
no communication with the Main Hub.
•
The E-HUB STATUS and DL STATUS LEDs should be red.
•
All port LEDs should be off, as no RAUs have been connected yet.
Connecting the Fiber Cables to the Expansion Hub
CAUTION!
Observe all Fiber Port Safety Precautions listed in “Safety Precautions” on page 109.
Prepare the Fiber Cables
Confirm that their optical loss does not exceed 3 dB optical budget. RL is less than -60dB.
If fiber distribution panels are used, confirm that the total optical loss of fiber cable—from the
Main Hub through distribution panels and patch cords to the Expansion Hub—does not
exceed the optical budget.
Make sure the fiber cable’s connectors are SC/APC (angle-polished). Using any other
connector type will result in degraded system performance and may damage the
equipment. (You can use an SC/APC pigtail if the fiber cable’s connectors are not SC/APC,
refer to “Splicing Fiber Optic Cable” on page 146, or replace the connectors.)
Connect the Fiber Cables
The fiber cable is labeled with either 1 or 2, or is color-coded. For proper connection between the
Main Hub ports and the Expansion Hub ports, refer to the numbering or color-coded connections
you recorded when installing the Main Hub(s).
If the Fiber Jumper Is Labeled with 1 or 2
Connect 2 to DOWNLINK on the Expansion Hub.
The DL STATUS LED should turn green as soon as you connect the fiber. If it does not, there is
a downlink problem. Make sure you are connecting the correct cable to the port.
Connect 1 to UPLINK on Expansion Hub.
The UL STATUS LED turns green on the first Main Hub communication. It may take up to 20
seconds to establish communication.
The Expansion Hub’s E-HUB STATUS LED turns green when the Main Hub sends it the
frequency band command.
Page 130
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Installing Expansion Hubs
If the UL STATUS and E-HUB STATUS LEDs do not turn green/green, check the Main Hub
LEDs; see Step 2 in Table 92 on page 126.
If the Fiber Jumper Is Color-Coded
Connect “red” to DOWNLINK on Expansion Hub.
The DL STATUS LED should turn green as soon as you connect the fiber. If it does not, there is
a downlink problem. Make sure you are connecting the correct cable to the port.
Connect “blue” to UPLINK on Expansion Hub.
The UL STATUS LED turns green on the first Main Hub communication. It may take up to 20
seconds to establish communication.
The Expansion Hub’s E-HUB STATUS LED turns green when the Main Hub sends it the
frequency band command.
If the UL STATUS AND E-HUB STATUS LEDs do not turn green/green, check the Main Hub
LEDs; see Step 2 in Table 92 on page 126.
Connecting the 75 Ohm CATV Cables
Verify that the cable has been tested and the test results have been recorded. This information
is required for the As-Built Document.
Verify that only the captive centerpin F connectors are used on the solid copper center
conductor CATV cable from CommScope (or equivalent).
Verify that the CATV cable is labeled with:
•
Fusion Wideband Expansion Hub port number being used
•
RAU identifier
•
carrier (for multiple operator systems).
Connect the CATV cables to the F ports according to the labels on the cables.
The STATUS LEDs should be off because the RAUs are not connected yet at the other end of
the CATV cable.
Use the label on the cable to record which cable you are connecting to which port. This
information is required for the As-Built Document.
Tie-off the cables or use the optional cable manager to avoid damaging the connectors due to
cable strain.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 131
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Installation
•
For all Expansion Hub with RAUs connected, the corresponding PORT LED should be
Green/Red, which indicates that the RAU is powered on and communication has been
established.
•
The Expansion Hub UL STATUS LED should be Green.
Table 93.
During
Installation
LED
State
Action
Impact
Off
Check AC power; make sure the
Expansion Hub power-on switch is
on; replace the Expansion Hub.
The Expansion Hub is not
powering on.
PORT
LEDs are on but didn’t
blink through all
states.
Replace the Expansion Hub.
The Microcontroller is not
resetting properly; flash
memory corrupted.
PORT
Flashing Red
(6 PPM)
Port unusable; replace the
Expansion Hub when possible.
Current sensor fault; do not
use the port.
UL STATUS
Red, after power-up
blink
Replace the Expansion Hub.
The Expansion Hub laser is not
operational; no uplink between
the Expansion Hub and Main
Hub.
UL STATUS
Red
Check the Main Hub LEDs—refer to
Step 2 in Table 92 on page 126.
No communication with Main
Hub.
1 Expansion Hub POWER
power is on
and no RAUs
are connected
Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Installation
Use AdminBrowser to determine the
problem.
Red
Check the downlink fiber for optical
power; verify that the cables are
connected to correct ports (that is,
uplink/downlink)
Check the Main Hub LEDs—refer to
Step 2 in Table 92 on page 126.
No downlink between the
Expansion Hub and Main Hub.
Off
Check the CATV cable.
Power is not getting to the
RAU.
PORT
Flashing Red
(60 PPM)
Test the CATV cable. If the cable
tests OK, try another port. If the
second port’s LEDs are Red/Off,
replace the RAU. If the second RAU
doesn’t work; replace the Expansion
Hub.
Power levels to RAU are not
correct; communications are
not established.
If the second port works, flag
the first port as unusable;
replace EH when possible.
PORT
Red
Use AdminBrowser to determine the
problem.
RAU is off-line.
DL STATUS
2 Expansion Hub PORT
power is On
and RAUs are
connected
Page 132
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Installing RAUs
INSTALLING RAUS
CAUTION!
Install RAUs in indoor locations only. Do not connect an antenna that is installed in an outdoor
location to a RAU. For outdoor installations, a protective enclosure is required.
NOTE:
The following procedures assume that the system is new from the factory and that it has not
been programmed with bands. If you are replacing components in a pre-installed system with
either new units or units that may already be programmed (for example, re-using units from
another system), refer to “Replacing Fusion Wideband Components” on page 175.
RAU Installation Notes
•
Mount all RAUs in the locations marked on the floor plans.
•
Install 800 iDEN and 850/1900 MHz RAUs so that their antennas will be separated by enough
space to reduce signal interference between the 800 and 850 bands. Refer to “800/850 MHz
Isolation Requirements” on page 134 for recommended distance between antennas.
•
You can place a RAU without its fastening hardware on a flat surface such as a shelf, desk,
cabinet, or any other horizontal surface that allows stable placement with the mounting base
facing down to the mounting surface.
•
To mount a RAU to a location such as a wall, ceiling, or pole, the RAU must be securely
mounted using the four slotted mounting holes on the #6 diameter fasteners. The mounting
location must be able to securely hold a minimum 7-pound load.
•
For proper ventilation:
– Keep at least 3-inch clearance (76 mm) around the RAU to ensure proper venting.
– Do not stack RAUs on top of each other.
– Always mount the RAU with the solid face (containing the mounting holes) against the
mounting surface.
Installing Passive Antennas
Refer to the manufacturer’s installation instructions to install passive antennas.
Location
Passive antennas are usually installed below the ceiling. If they are installed above the ceiling, you
must consider the additional loss due to the ceiling material when estimating the antenna
coverage area.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 133
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
800/850 MHz Isolation Requirements
When deploying any RF system, give special attention to preventing receiver blocking or
desensitization by out-of-band transmitters. Typically, sharp filters in the receiver front-end will
reduce the interfering transmitters to tolerable levels. In select cases, the interferers may occupy
a frequency band that is directly adjacent to the receiving band and cannot be adequately rejected
by filtering. The only recourse in these situations is to provide sufficient isolation by physically
separating the interfering transmitters and receivers.
iDEN occupies spectrum at:
•
800 MHz
– Tx is 851–869
– Rx is 806–824
•
900 MHz
– T is 935–941
– Rx:896–902).
The Cellular A and B carriers share a single 850 MHz block:
•
Tx is 869–894
•
Rx is 824–849.
The combination of these frequency bands, 800/900 MHz iDEN and 850 MHz Cellular, result in
uplink (BTS receive) bands that are adjacent to downlink (BTS transmit) bands. Figure 19 depicts
these nearly contiguous bands, with arrows indicating the interfering downlink and receiving
uplink bands.
800/iDEN Uplink
850 Cellular Uplink
824
800/iDEN Downlink
849
851
850 Cellular Downlink
869
894
900/iDEN Uplink
896 - 902
Figure 19. 800/850 MHz Spectrum
Installation of an in-building distributed antenna system (DAS) to provide coverage for both
800/900 MHz iDEN and 850 MHz Cellular must account for these downlink-to-uplink
interference issues and provide adequate isolation (Figure 20 on page 135).
Page 134
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Installing RAUs
>d
Band 2/3
850/1900 MHz
Band 1
800 MHz
Figure 20. Fusion Wideband 800/850/1900 MHz RAU Antenna Placement Guideline
TE offers the following guidelines toward achieving the proper amount of isolation when
deploying TE Fusion Wideband DAS products.
800 MHz iDEN Downlink and 850 MHz Cellular Uplink
A 2 MHz frequency gap (851 – 849 MHz) separates the 800 iDEN downlink and 850 Cellular
uplink frequency bands. Because of this narrow spacing, 800 iDEN downlink intermodulation
products may fall within the 850 Cellular uplink band. In addition, 800 iDEN downlink signals
near the lower edge of the band at 851 MHz may cause the 850 Cellular uplink automatic level
control (ALC) circuitry in the RAU to engage and thereby reduce uplink gain.
To prevent either of these conditions, use the following guidelines:
•
In-band 800 iDEN intermodulation products < -90dBm
•
Lower frequency 800 iDEN signals < –30dBm for Fusion Wideband
Given a typical DAS configuration (four iDEN carriers, omni-directional antennas, line of sight),
these guidelines translate to an antenna spacing (d1) of 6 – 9 meters.
850 MHz Cellular Downlink and 900 MHz iDEN Uplink
A 2 MHz frequency gap (896 – 894 MHz) separates the 850 Cellular downlink and 900 iDEN
uplink frequency bands. Because of this narrow spacing, 850 Cellular downlink intermodulation
products may fall within the 900 iDEN uplink band. In addition, 850 Cellular downlink signals
near the upper edge of the band at 894 MHz may cause the 900 iDEN uplink ALC to engage and
thereby reduce uplink gain.
To prevent either of these conditions, use the following guidelines:
•
In-band 850 Cellular intermodulation products < -90dBm
•
Upper frequency 850 Cellular signals < –30dBm for Fusion Wideband
Given a typical DAS configuration (six CDMA carriers for Fusion Wideband, omni-directional
antennas, line of sight), these guidelines translate to an antenna spacing (d2) of 8-14 meters.
Spacing between RAUs FSN-8519-1 and FSN-809019-2 should be in a range of from 8 to 14
meters.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 135
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Connecting the Antenna to the RAU
Connect a passive multi-band antenna to the N connector on the RAU using coaxial cable with the
least amount of loss possible.
CAUTION!
Firmly hand-tighten the N connector. DO NOT over-tighten the connector.
Connecting the CATV Cable
Verify that the cable has been tested and the test results are recorded. This information is
required for the As-Built Document.
Verify that only captive centerpin 75 Ohm Type-F connectors are used on the solid copper
center conductor CATV 75 Ohm cable.
Verify that the CATV cable is labeled with:
•
Fusion Wideband Main Hub port number being used
•
RAU identifier
•
carrier (for multiple operator systems).
Connect the CATV cables to the F female port on the RAU according to the label on the cable.
Power is supplied by the Fusion Wideband Main Hub over the CATV cable conductors. Upon
power up, the LEDs will blink for two seconds as a visual check that they are functioning. After
the two-second test:
•
The LINK LED should be green indicating it is receiving power and communications from
the Fusion Wideband Main Hub.
•
The ALARM LED should be red until the Fusion Wideband Main Hub issues the band
command, within about 20 seconds, then it should be green.
Record which cable you are connecting to the RAU (from the label on the cable). This
information is required for the As-Built Document.
Tie-off cables or use the optional cable manager to avoid damaging the connectors due to
cable strain.
Page 136
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Installing RAUs
Troubleshooting Using RAU LEDs During Installation
The LINK LED should be green and remain green for longer than 90 seconds. The ALARM LEDs
are red when the system band has not been programmed.
Table 94. Troubleshooting RAU LEDs During Installation
During
Installation
LED
State
Action
Impact
The RAU is connected to
the Fusion Wideband
Expansion Hub, which is
powered on
LINK
Off
Check CATV cable.
No power to the RAU.
ALARM
Off
• Check CATV cable
• Check the Main Hub
LEDs—refer to Step
2 in Table 92 on
page 126.
• Use AdminBrowser
to determine the
problem.
• Check CATV cable.
• Check the Hub LEDs.
• Use AdminBrowser
to determine the
problem.
The RAU is off-line.
LINK
Green
ALARM
Red
LINK
Red from green, after
cables are connected for
60 seconds
ALARM
Red
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
No communications
between the RAU and
the Hub.
Page 137
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
CONFIGURING THE FUSION WIDEBAND SYSTEM
Before the system can operate properly, use AdminBrowser to program the Fusion Wideband
Main Hub with the frequency bands that are to be distributed. The Hub must be programmed with
the same frequencies as the RAU used.
The AdminBrowser software, described in the AdminBrowser User Manual (PN D-620607-0-20),
must be running on a PC/laptop.
NOTE:
The frequency bands should automatically be set on power up and this step should not be
required.
NOTE:
Crossover Ethernet cable with male connectors required.
NOTE:
The following procedures assume that the system is new from the factory and that it has not
been programmed with bands. If you are replacing components in a pre-installed system with
either new units or units that may already be programmed (for example, re-using units from
another system), refer to “Replacing Fusion Wideband Components” on page 175.
Connecting the PC to the Main Hub to Run AdminBrowser
Connect the AC power cord to the Hub.
CAUTION!
Make sure the Hub is grounded through the ground lug on the AC power and the frame ground
lug as required. The warranty does not cover damage caused when an ungrounded Hub is
powered on.
Plug the power cord into an AC power outlet.
Verify that all cables are properly connected on the Hub.
Turn on the power to the Hub.
All LEDs blink through the power up sequence. At each port where a RAU is detected (drawing
current), the port LEDs turn green. The Fusion Wideband STATUS LED is orange during
system boot and should turn green after about 90 seconds if it finds no faults. This state
indicates the band’s are not programmed and provides feedback on the status of the RAU
connections.
The LEDs blink for 20 seconds as a visual check that they are functioning.
Connect the cross-over Ethernet cable to the PC/laptop and then to the RJ-45 100-BASE-T
port on the Hub’s front panel.
Page 138
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Configuring the Fusion Wideband System
Programming the Main Hub Using AdminBrowser
Connect the provided TCP/IP crossover cable to the laptop and then to the Admin/LAN RJ-45
port on the Fusion Wideband Main Hub’s front panel.
Turn on the laptop and start the Fusion Wideband Main Hub.
Do one of the following:
•
For Windows 2000:
a Right-click My Network Places and
select Properties.
b Highlight Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)
and click Properties. A screen similar
to the one shown to the right opens.
•
For windows XP:
a Click Start > Settings > Network
Connections > Local Area Connection. The
window shown to the right opens.
b In the This connection uses the following
items, scroll down to and select Internet
Protocol (TCP/IP) and click Properties.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 139
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Make note of the current IP address, Subnet mask, and Default gateway, if they are configured.
You will need to re-enter them after you have configured the Fusion Wideband Main Hub.
Select Use the following IP address.
Change the IP address to 192.168.0.101
Change the Subnet mask to 255.255.255.0
Change the Default gateway to 192.168.0.1
Click OK twice. If asked if you want to reboot your computer, click Yes.
Using AdminBrowser
Do the following to access Fusion Wideband using AdminBrowser:
Make sure the Main Hub STATUS LED is green.
Type the following in the URL line:
https://192.168.0.100
Click Go.
When AdminBrowser appears, log in using
•
the default user ID: operator
•
the default password: password
When AdminBrowser appears, log in using
•
the default user ID: operator
•
the default password: password
Click System Configuration and then click Set Date/Time. A page similar to one shown below
opens.
Enter the desired time and date in the indicated format, and then click Set Date/Time. A page
appears requiring you to reboot the system for the new date and time to take effect.
Page 140
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Configuring the Fusion Wideband System
Select the Fusion Main Hub and click Install/Configure System. A screen similar to the one
shown below opens.
If desired, type in a Label, which is the system name displayed next to the icons and used in
messages. It can be up to 32 characters long depending upon the firmware version. The
default system label is Fusion, and will be used if you enter nothing.
10
Use the parameters in the Schedule System Test panel to schedule a system test.
CAUTION!
Schedule System Test allows periodic, automatic execution of the system end-to-end test. Just
like Perform System Test, a Schedule System Test suspends normal service for the duration of
the test; calls are dropped, and no new calls can be established during the test. Test duration
depends on the configuration (number of RAUs) and requires one or two minutes to complete.
Select the Enable check box to enable this feature.
Select the System test on power up check box to cause system test on power up.
In the Date box, enter the date the test is to run. Enter the date in the MM/DD/YYYY
format.
In the Time box, enter the time the system test should run.
Use the Recurrence Day and Week radio buttons to select if the system test should rerun
on a daily or weekly schedule, and the corresponding text box to enter the interval
between tests.
After completion of the system test, the scheduled system test time is updated to the next test
time, and an event log entry is made.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 141
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
11
Use the scroll bar on the left side of the page to scroll down to view the rest of the page as
shown below.
12
In the Bands panel, do the following:
•
You should not have to use the Bands menu to select the bands. The system self configures
the band by validating that all the RAUs connected are the same type.
•
When both bands are not configured, use the Shutdown check boxes. The system will
ignore any alarms generated from the bands that have been shutdown.
•
Use the Uplink Gain and Downlink Gain menus to select the gain for each band. You can set
system gain within the specified range in 1 dB increments.
•
Use the Uplink Automatic Level Control menu to select either Single or Multiple (default)
for each band in the system.
Page 142
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Configuring the Fusion Wideband System
•
FOR 2.5 GHz TDD (FSN-2525-1-TDD) INSTALLATIONS ONLY: Use the scroll bar on the
left side of the page to scroll down to view the next part of the window shown below.


NOTE:
Select the Protocol mode.
– MIMO (multiple in-multiple out), which is the default setting
– SISO (single in-single out).
Select the Center Frequency (MHz) and Bandwidth (MHz). The Center Frequency is
the frequency of TDD LTE radios being used for Band 1 and Band 2.
In MIMO mode, the frequencies are the same. The system can be configured to support 2-SISO
radios, one per band, across any 66 MHz within the 2.5 GHz TDD band.



For any unconfigured band, use the Shutdown check box, which instructs the
system to ignore any alarms generated from the shutdown band(s).
Use the Uplink Gain (dB) and Downlink Gain (dB) menus to set the gain for each
band. You set system gain within the specified range in 1 dB increments.
Use the Uplink Automatic Level Control menu to set each band in the system to
Single or Multiple (default).
13
Use the scroll bar on the left side of the window to scroll down to view the rest of the window,
which is shown below.
14
In the Input/Output Alarms panel, do the following for each Alarm Sense:
•
Select the corresponding Alarm Sense 1 - 3 check box to enable or disable Alarm Sense,
where a check mark indicates that the Alarm Sense is enabled.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 143
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
15
•
Use the Normal State menu to set the alarm state to Closed (default) or Opened.
•
Use the Label box to create a unique label for the corresponding Alarm Sense.
Click Install System to configure the system.
The following happens during configuration:
•
all disconnect statuses are cleared for attached RAUs
•
the frequency band, gain, and system label are set
•
logs are cleared
•
System Test is performed
•
the System Tree is refreshed.
The icons should be:
Indicates that the band is correctly set on the Main Hub.
Indicates that the band is correctly set on the Expansion Hub.
Indicates that communications are OK.
If there are problems, the icons will be different and a message is displayed in the Messages
panel.
16
Connect the Main Hub to the RF source (for example, BTS or BDA).
CAUTION!
Do not exceed the maximum input RF power (1 Watt) to the Fusion Wideband Main Hub.
Exceeding the limit could cause permanent damage to the Hub.
CAUTION!
Only carriers and their approved installers or TE-authorized installers are allowed to connect to
the RF source. Serious damage to the equipment can occur if it is over-driven.
The Fusion Wideband system should now be operational.
Page 144
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Configuring the Fusion Wideband System
17
Walk the site and use a mobile phone to test the signal strength.
18
Make sure to change the TCP/IP setting in your laptop back to their original values.
NOTE:
TE equipment is designed to operate in the licensed frequency bands of mobile operators. In the
USA, the EU, and most countries this equipment may only be used by the licensee, his authorized
agents or those with written authorization to do so. Similarly, unauthorized use is illegal, and
subjects the owner to the corresponding legal sanctions of the national jurisdiction involved.
Ownership of TE equipment carries no automatic right of use.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 145
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
SPLICING FIBER OPTIC CABLE
The fiber cable must have SC/APC connectors for the entire run. If it does not, you can splice a
pigtail, which has SC/APC connectors, to the fiber cable.
TE offers two pigtails:
•
one for single-mode fiber (PN 4013SCAPC-3)
•
one for multi-mode fiber (PN 4012SCAPC-3).
TE recommends Fusion Wideband splices because they have the lowest splice loss and return
loss. Mechanical splices have higher losses and higher back reflection than Fusion Wideband
splices and are not recommended.
Using a Fusion Wideband splicer involves fusing together two butted and cleaved ends of fiber.
The Fusion Wideband splicer aligns the fibers and maintains alignment during the Fusion
Wideband process. Fusion Wideband splices have very low loss (typically less than 0.05 dB) and
very low back reflection (return loss).
Organize Fusion Wideband splices in a splice tray designed to store and protect the splices.
NOTE:
The following procedures assume that the system is new from the factory and that it has not
been programmed with bands. If you are replacing components in a pre-installed system with
either new units or units that may already be programmed (for example, re-using units from
another system), refer to “Replacing Fusion Wideband Components” on page 175.
Complete one of the following procedures as appropriate to the system design:
•
“Option A: Fusion Wideband Splice the Fiber-Optic Cable to the SC/APC Pigtail” on page 146
•
“Option B: Fusion Wideband Splice the Fiber-Optic Cable to the SC/APC Pigtail” on page 147.
Option A: Fusion Wideband Splice the Fiber-Optic Cable to the SC/APC Pigtail
Make sure the Fusion Wideband splicer is set to the proper mode (that is, single- or
multi-mode).
Secure both the fiber cable and the SC/APC pigtail in a splice tray that is installed immediately
adjacent to the Hub.
Prepare the fiber end by cutting back the polyethylene jacket, the kevlar or fiberglass strength
members, the extruded coating, and the buffer coating in order to expose the “bare fiber”
(cladding plus core).
Ensure that sufficient slack is maintained that can reach the Fusion Wideband splicer.
Clean the unclad fiber core using isopropyl alcohol and lint-free wipes.
Cleave the unclad fiber to the length prescribed by the Fusion Wideband splicer’s
specification sheets.
Repeat Step 4 through Step 6 for the SC/APC pigtail.
Pass the splice sleeve onto the fiber strand.
Position both fiber ends in the Fusion Wideband splicer and complete the splice in accordance
with the Fusion Wideband splicer’s operation instructions.
Page 146
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Splicing Fiber Optic Cable
10
Ensure that the estimated loss for the splice as measured by the Fusion Wideband splicer is
0.10 dB or better.
11
Slide the Fusion Wideband splicing sleeve over the point of the Fusion Wideband splice.
12
Place the sleeve and fused fiber into the Fusion Wideband splicer’s heater.
13
Allow time for the splice sleeve to cure.
14
Return fiber splice to the splice tray, store the sleeve in a splice holder within the tray, and
store excess cable length in accordance with the tray manufacturer’s directions.
15
After successfully testing the fiber, plug the SC/APC pigtail into the proper optical port on the
Hub.
Option B: Fusion Wideband Splice the Fiber-Optic Cable to the SC/APC Pigtail
Make sure the Fusion Wideband splicer is set to the proper mode (that is, single- or
multi-mode).
Secure both the fiber cable and the SC/APC pigtail in a splice tray portion of a fiber
distribution panel.
Prepare the fiber end by cutting back the polyethylene jacket, the kevlar or fiberglass strength
members, the extruded coating, and the buffer coating in order to expose the “bare fiber”
(cladding plus core).
Ensure that sufficient slack is maintained in order to be able to reach the Fusion Wideband
splicer.
Clean the unclad fiber core using isopropyl alcohol and lint-free wipes.
Cleave the unclad fiber to the length prescribed by the Fusion Wideband splicer’s
specification sheets.
Repeat Step 3 through Step 6 for the SC/APC pigtail.
Pass the splice sleeve onto the fiber strand.
Position both fiber ends in the Fusion Wideband splicer and complete splice in accordance
with the Fusion Wideband splicer’s operation instructions.
10
Ensure that the estimated loss for the splice as measured by the Fusion Wideband splicer is
0.10 dB or better.
11
Slide the Fusion Wideband splicing sleeve over the point of the Fusion Wideband splice.
12
Place the sleeve and fused fiber into the Fusion Wideband splicer’s heater.
13
Allow time for the splice sleeve to cure.
14
Return fiber splice to the splice tray, store the sleeve in a splice holder within the tray, and
store excess cable length in accordance with the tray manufacturer’s directions.
15
After successfully testing the fiber cable, plug the SC/APC pigtail into the back side of the
SC/APC bulkhead in the Fiber Distribution Panel.
16
Install a SC/APC patch cord between the front side of the SC/APC bulkhead and the proper
optical port on the Hub.
NOTE:
For information on troubleshooting, see “Maintenance and Troubleshooting” on page 181.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 147
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
INTERFACING THE FUSION WIDEBAND MAIN HUB TO AN RF SOURCE
CAUTION!
Only TE personnel or TE-authorized installation personnel should connect the Fusion Wideband
Main Hub to its Band associated Base Station or repeater. Exceeding the maximum input power
could cause failure of the Fusion Wideband Main Hub (refer to “Appendix A: Cables and
Connectors” on page 191 for maximum power specifications). If the maximum composite power
is too high, attenuation is required.
NOTE:
The following procedures assume that the system is installed and has been programmed with
bands.
Connecting a Fusion Wideband Main Hub to an In-Building BTS
CAUTION!
Only TE personnel or TE-authorized installation personnel should connect the Fusion Wideband
Main Hub to a Base Station or repeater. Exceeding the maximum input power could cause failure
of the Fusion Wideband Main Hub (refer to “Appendix A: Cables and Connectors” on page 191 for
maximum power specifications). If the maximum composite power is too high, attenuation is
required.
CAUTION!
The UPLINK and DOWNLINK ports cannot handle a DC power feed from the Base Station. If DC
power is present, a DC block must be used or the hub may be damaged.
Do the following to connect a Simplex Base Station to a Fusion Wideband Main Hub RF Band:
Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the transmit simplex connector on the Base
Station.
Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the DOWNLINK connector on
the Hub for the corresponding Band 1, Band 2, or Band 3.
Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the receive simplex connector on the Base
Station.
Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the UPLINK connector on the
Hub for the corresponding Band 1, Band 2, or Band 3.
Band 1
Band 2
UL1
UL2
Band 3
UL3
AC Power
Alarms
DL1
DL2
DL3
N-male to N-male
coaxial cable
Insert attenuator
(if needed)
Simplex
Base Station
Band 3
T1/E1 to
Mobile
Switching
Center
NOTE: This applies to Band 1, Band 2, and Band 3.
Figure 21. Simplex Base Station to a Fusion Wideband Main Hub
Page 148
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Interfacing the Fusion Wideband Main Hub to an RF Source
Connecting a Duplex Base Station to a Fusion Wideband Main Hub
NOTE:
When connecting to a duplex Base Station, use a circulator or duplexer between it and the Fusion
Wideband Main Hub.
NOTE:
You can insert attenuators between the circulator or duplexer and Hub as needed.
Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the duplex connector on the Base Station.
Connect the other N-male connector or duplexer to a circulator.
Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the DOWNLINK connector on the Hub for Band
1, Band 2, and Band 3.
Connect the other end of the N-male coaxial cable to the transmit connector on the circulator.
Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the UPLINK connector on the Hub for Band 1,
Band 2, and Band 3.
Connect the other end of the N-male coaxial cable to the receive connector on the circulator.
Band 1
Band 2
UL1
UL2
Band 3
UL3
AC Power
Alarms
DL1
DL2
DL3
N-male to N-male
coaxial cable
Insert attenuator
(if needed)
Circulator
N-male to N-male
coaxial cable
Duplex
Base Station
T1/E1 to
Mobile
Switching
Center
NOTE: This applies to Band 1, Band 2, and Band 3.
Figure 22. Duplex Base Station to a Fusion Wideband Main Hub
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 149
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Connecting a Fusion Wideband Main Hub RF Band to Multiple BTSs
CAUTION!
Only TE personnel or TE-authorized installation personnel should connect the Fusion Wideband
Main Hub to a Base Station or repeater. Exceeding the maximum input power could cause failure
of the Fusion Wideband Main Hub (refer to “Appendix A: Cables and Connectors” on page 191 for
maximum power specifications). If the maximum composite power is too high, attenuation is
required.
You can use power combiner/splitters to connect a Fusion Wideband Main Hub RF Band to
multiple Base Stations, as shown in Figure 23 on page 150.
Band 1
Band 2
UL1
UL2
Band 3
UL3
AC Power
Alarms
DL1
DL2
DL3
N-male to N-male
coaxial-jumper cables
between Combiner/Splitter and
Fusion Main Hub’s Uplink Port
for each on Band 1, Band 2, or Band 3
2 x 1 Power
Combiner/Splitter
N-male to N-male
coaxial-jumper cables
between Combiner/Splitter and
Fusion Main Hub’s Downlink Port
for either Band 1, Band 2, or Band 3
2 x 1 Power
Combiner/Splitter
Insert attenuators
(if needed)
UL
DL
BTS 1
UL
DL
BTS 2
Figure 23. Connecting a Fusion Wideband Main Hub to Multiple Base Stations
Page 150
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Interfacing the Fusion Wideband Main Hub to an RF Source
Connecting a Fusion Wideband Main Hub to a Roof-Top Antenna
CAUTION!
TE recommends that you use a lightning arrestor or surge protector in a roof-top antenna
configuration. Insert the lightning arrestor or surge protector between the roof-top antenna and
the repeater connected to the Fusion Wideband Main Hub RF Band.
Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the roof-top antenna.
Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the grounded surge
suppressor.
Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the grounded surge suppressor.
Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the repeater.
Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the repeater.
Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the circulator 1 connector.
Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the circulator 2 connector.
Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the DOWNLINK connector on
the Hub for either Band 1, Band 2, or Band 3. (Attenuation may be required to achieve the
desired RF output at the RAU.)
Connect an N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the circulator 3 connector.
10
Connect the other end of the N-male to N-male coaxial cable to the UPLINK connector on the
Hub for either Band 1, Band 2, or Band 3.
Band 1
UL1
Band 2
UL2
Band 3
UL3
AC Power
Alarms
DL1
DL2
DL3
Rooftop
Antenna
N-male to N-male
coaxial cable
Grounded
Surge Suppressor
N-male to N-male
coaxial cable
NOTE: This applies to Band 1, Band 2, and Band 3.
Circulator
Rooftop
Antenna
Attenuator
(optional)
Figure 24. Connecting a Fusion Wideband Main Hub to a Roof-top Antenna
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 151
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Connecting a Fusion Wideband Main Hub to Flexwave Focus
Refer to the FlexWave Focus manual for information.
Connecting Multiple Fusion Wideband Main Hubs to an RF Source
You can use power combiner/splitters as splitters to connect multiple Fusion Wideband Main
Hubs in order to increase the total number of RAUs in a system. You can also use power
combiner/splitters to combine Base Station channels in order to increase the number of RF
carriers the system transports.
Connecting Multiple Fusion Wideband Main Hubs to a Simplex Repeater or BTS
CAUTION!
Only TE personnel or TE-authorized installation personnel should connect the Fusion Wideband
Main Hub to a Base Station or repeater. Exceeding the maximum input power could cause failure
of the Fusion Wideband Main Hub (refer to “Appendix A: Cables and Connectors” on page 191 for
maximum power specifications). If the maximum composite power is too high, attenuation is
required.
Make sure you have the following components:
Quantity
Item
Hybrid power combiner/splitters—one for uplink and one for downlink (2x1 for two Fusion Wideband Main
Hubs, 3x1 for three, 4x1 for four, and so on)
N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cable between each power combiner/splitter and the Base Station
N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cables between each power combiner/splitter and each Fusion Wideband
Main Hub RF Band (either Band 1 or Band 2)
Connect the power combiner/splitters to the repeater or Base Station using N-male to N-male
coaxial jumper cables, in the following order:
•
from the first power combiner/splitter to the repeater or Base Station UPLINK
•
from the second power combiner/splitter to the repeater or Base Station DOWNLINK.
Connect the power combiner/splitters to the Hubs, in the following order:
•
from the first Hub’s UPLINK port (Band 1, Band 2, or Band 3) to the first power
combiner/splitter
•
from the first Hub’s DOWNLINK port (Band 1, Band 2, or Band 3) to the second power
combiner/splitter
•
from the second Hub’s UPLINK port (Band 1, Band 2, or Band 3) to the first power
combiner/splitter
•
from the second Hub’s DOWNLINK port (Band 1, Band 2, or Band 3) to the second power
combiner/splitter.
CAUTION!
Page 152
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Connections should not cross Bands. For example, all Band 1 connections should be made to the
same hybrid power combiner/splitter connected to the repeater BTS that matches the Band 1
frequency.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Interfacing the Fusion Wideband Main Hub to an RF Source
After connecting and powering on the Hub, check all Hub LEDs to ensure that the system is
operating properly.
Make sure the Hub is grounded. The warranty does not cover damage caused when an
ungrounded Hub is powered on.
NOTE:
Use a 50 ohm terminator on any unused power combiner/splitter ports.
Figure 25 shows how to connect two Main Hubs to a simplex repeater or Base Station. Connecting
two Hubs increases the total number of supportable RAUs from 8 to 16.
Band 1
UL1
Band 2
UL2
Band 3
UL3
AC Power
Alarms
DL1
DL2
DL3
Band 1
UL1
N-male to N-male
coaxial-jumper cables
between Combiner/Splitter
and Fusion Main Hub’s
Uplink Port for either Band 1,
Band 2, or Band 3
Band 2
Band 3
UL2
UL3
AC Power
Alarms
DL1
DL2
DL3
N-male to N-male
coaxial-jumper cables
between Combiner/Splitter and
Fusion Main Hub’s Downlink Port
for either Band 1, Band 2, or Band 3
2 x 1 Power
Combiner/Splitter
N-male to N-male
coaxial-jumper cable
to Repeater or
Base Station
2 x 1 Power
Combiner/Splitter
N-male to N-male
coaxial-jumper cable
to Repeater or
Base Station
Figure 25. Connecting Two Fusion Wideband Main Hub’s RF Band Ports to a Simplex Repeater or Base Station
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 153
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Connecting Multiple Fusion Wideband Main Hubs to a Duplex Repeater or BTS
CAUTION!
Only TE personnel or TE-authorized installation personnel should connect the Fusion Wideband
Main Hub to a Base Station or repeater. Exceeding the maximum input power could cause failure
of the Fusion Wideband Main Hub (refer to “Appendix A: Cables and Connectors” on page 191 for
maximum power specifications). If the maximum composite power is too high, attenuation is
required.
Make sure you have the following components:
Quantity
Item
Hybrid power combiner/splitters—one for uplink and one for downlink (2x1 for two Fusion Wideband Main
Hubs, 3x1 for three, 4x1 for four, and so on)
N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cables to connect each Fusion Wideband Main Hub’s RF Band to the power
combiner/splitters
Circulator
N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cable between each circulator and the repeater or Base Station
N-male to N-male coaxial jumper cable between each circulator and power combiner/splitter
Connect the circulator to the repeater or Base Station using one N-male to N-male coaxial
jumper cable.
Connect each power combiner/splitter to the circulator using one N-male to N-male coaxial
jumper cable per combiner/splitter.
Connect the power combiner/splitter to the Hubs using N-male to N-male coaxial jumper
cable, in the following order:
•
from the first Hub’s Uplink (Band 1, Band 2, or Band 3) port to the first power
combiner/splitter
•
from the first Hub’s DOWNLINK (Band 1, Band 2, or Band 3) port to the second power
combiner/splitter
•
from the second Hub’s UPLINK (Band 1, Band 2, or Band 3) port to the first power
combiner/splitter
•
from the second Hub’s DOWNLINK (Band 1, Band 2, or Band 3) port to the second power
combiner/splitter
CAUTION!
Connections should not cross Bands. For example, all Band 1 connections should be made to the
same hybrid power combiner/splitter connected to the repeater BTS that matches the Band 1
frequency.
After connecting and powering on the Hub, check all Hub LEDs to ensure that the system is
operating properly.
Make sure the Main Hub is grounded. The warranty does not cover damage caused when
an ungrounded Hub is powered on.
NOTE:
Page 154
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Use a 50 ohm terminator on any unused power combiner/splitter ports.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Interfacing the Fusion Wideband Main Hub to an RF Source
Figure 26 shows how to connect two Hubs to a duplex repeater or Base Station. You need to use
one circulator and one more coaxial jumper cable, as shown.
Band 1
UL1
Band 2
UL2
Band 3
UL3
AC Power
Alarms
DL1
DL2
DL3
Band 1
UL1
Band 2
UL2
Band 3
UL3
AC Power
Alarms
N-male to N-male
coaxial-jumper cables
between Combiner/Splitter
and Fusion Main Hub’s
Uplink Port for either Band 1,
Band 2, or Band 3
DL1
DL2
DL3
N-male to N-male
coaxial-jumper cables
between Combiner/Splitter and
Fusion Main Hub’s Downlink Port
for either Band 1, Band 2, or Band 3
2 x 1 Power
Combiner/Splitter
2 x 1 Power
Combiner/Splitter
N-male to N-male
coaxial-jumper cable
Insert attenuator
(if needed)
N-male to N-male
coaxial-jumper cable
Circulator
Base Station
to Repeater or
N-male to N-male
coaxial-jumper cable
Figure 26. Connecting Two Fusion Wideband Main Hub’s RF Band Ports to a Duplex Repeater or Base Station
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 155
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
CONNECTING CONTACT ALARMS TO A FUSION WIDEBAND SYSTEM
The Fusion Wideband Main Hub can generate (source) two contact alarms as well as sense three
external contact alarm.
•
Alarm Source—The Fusion Wideband Main Hub has two alarm contacts, fault (major) and
warning (minor). These contacts are normally-closed (NC) and will open when an internal
alarm is detected. For further information, see “Alarm Source” on page 157.
NOTE:
–
–
•
The contact can be changed to normally-open (NO) with AdminBrowser, however, this is not
recommended since no alarm would be sent if power to the Fusion Wideband Main Hub fails.
Fault is activated when any faults or disconnects are detected.
Warning is activated when any warning conditions are detected except lockout or when
the end-to-end system test is not valid.
Alarm Sense—The Fusion Wideband Main Hub can monitor three external alarm contacts.
Each port can be configured for normally-open (NO) or normally-closed (NC) contacts. The
interface expects a set of floating contacts, and an external voltage source is not required for
this interface. Use AdminBrowser to monitor the port status. For further information, see
“Alarm Sense” on page 160.
Table 95 lists the alarm types, equipment to which the Fusion Wideband Main Hub is connected,
cable(s) used, and the faults and warnings that are detected.
Table 95.
Alarm
Type
Alarm Types
Fusion Wideband
Connected to
Cable(s) Used
Errors Detected
Source
FlexWave
5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable
Faults
Source
BTS
5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable
Faults and Warnings
In addition, a custom daisy-chain cable-to-BTS interface cable
is required. Make this interface cable to the desired length and
with the appropriate pin placement.
Sense
NOTE:
Page 156
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Unison
Faults
5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable
and the Alarm Sense Adapter Cable
FlexWave Focus supports only faults (major errors).
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Connecting Contact Alarms to a Fusion Wideband System
Alarm Source
Fusion Wideband always acts as an alarm source, no matter what type of equipment is connected
to it. Refer to “Alarm Sense” on page 160 if you want Fusion Wideband to sense Unison contact
closures or other external alarms.
NOTE:
The following procedures assume that the system is installed and has been programmed with
bands.
Using FlexWave Focus to Monitor Fusion Wideband
When you connect FlexWave Focus to the Fusion Wideband, the Fusion Wideband Main Hub is
the output of the alarms (alarm source) and Focus is the input (alarm sense), as shown in
Figure 27.
NOTE:
Focus supports only faults (major errors).
Fusion Main Hub
Band 1
UL1
Band 2
UL2
Band 3
UL3
AC Power
Alarms
DL1
DL2
DL3
Alarm
Source
May need
9-pin Adapter
that ships
with the cable
5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable
Alarm
Sense
Band 1
UL1
Band 2
UL2
Band 3
UL3
AC Power
Alarms
DL1
DL2
DL3
Alarm
Source
Figure 27. Connecting FlexWave to Fusion Wideband
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 157
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Using a Base Station to Monitor Fusion Wideband
NOTE:
Prior to connecting a Fusion Wideband Main Hub to a BTS, the carrier must configure the BTS for
contact closure monitoring.
When you connect a BTS to Fusion Wideband, the Fusion Wideband Main Hub is the alarm source
(output) and the BTS is the alarm sense (input), as shown in Figure 28. An interface cable is
required between the daisy-chain cable and the BTS. Because BTS alarm interface pinouts and
Fusion Wideband-to-BTS distances vary, this cable is often custom and wired on-site. Refer to
“Uplink/Downlink Optical-Fiber Ports” on page 33 for Alarm Contact details (Normally Closed).
Fusion Main Hub
Band 1
UL1
Band 2
UL2
Band 3
UL3
AC Power
Alarms
DL1
DL2
DL3
Alarm
Source
Band 1
UL1
Band 2
UL2
5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable
Alarm
Sense
BTS
Interface
Cable
(custom-made, on-site)
Band 3
UL3
AC Power
Alarms
DL1
DL2
DL3
Alarm
Source
Figure 28. Using a BTS to Monitor Fusion Wideband
NOTE:
For normally open contacts, the fault and warning contacts need to be wired in parallel with
other Main Hubs.
NOTE:
TE does not recommend using normally open contacts.
Page 158
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Connecting Contact Alarms to a Fusion Wideband System
Using a Base Station and AdminBrowser to Monitor Fusion Wideband
NOTE:
Prior to connecting a Fusion Wideband Main Hub to a BTS, the carrier must configure the BTS for
contact closure monitoring.
To take full advantage of Fusion Wideband’s OA&M capabilities, use the TE AdminBrowser
software in addition to a BTS to monitor the system, as shown in Figure 29. Refer to “SNMP
Interface” on page 172 for SNMP optional feature capabilities.
Fusion Main Hub
Band 1
UL1
Band 2
UL2
Band 3
UL3
Modem
AC Power
Alarms
DL1
DL2
DL3
5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable
Alarm
Source
Band 1
Modem
UL1
Band 2
UL2
Alarm
Sense
BTS
Interface
Cable
(custom-made, on-site)
Band 3
UL3
AC Power
Alarms
DL1
DL2
DL3
Alarm
Source
Line Switch
PSTN
Modem
PC running
Standard
Browser
Software
Figure 29. Using a BTS and AdminBrowser to Monitor Fusion Wideband
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 159
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Alarm Sense
Use AdminBrowser to enable the Fusion Wideband system for “alarm sense” when connecting to
the contact closure of Unison Main Hubs or other external alarms (refer to “Set Contact Sense
Properties” in the AdminBrowser User Manual).
NOTE:
This procedure assumes that the system is installed and that has been programmed with bands.
When you connect Unison to Fusion Wideband, the Fusion Wideband Main Hub is the alarm sense
(input) and the Unison is the alarm source (output), as shown in Figure 30. The input alarm sense
needs to be set to normally closed (NC).
Up to 5 Unison Main Hubs
Fusion Main Hub
5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable
Alarm Sense
Adapter Cable
Alarm
Sense
Alarm
Source
Alarm
Source
Figure 30. Using Fusion Wideband to Monitor Unison
Unison supports only faults. You must use the Alarm Sense Adapter Cable to interface the
daisy-chain cable to Fusion Wideband (see Figure 31). The adapter cable is required because it
translates the Unison fault pinout to the sense input pins on the Fusion Wideband Main Hub.
+5V
External
Equipment
Contacts
Diagnostic 1
Figure 31. Alarm Sense Contacts
Page 160
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Connecting Contact Alarms to a Fusion Wideband System
Alarm Cables
Figure 32 shows the 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable (PN 4024-3), which supports fault and
warning conditions.
1.2 meters (4 feet)
DB-9 female to
Base Station,
FlexWave Focus,
or the Alarm Sense
Adapter Cable when
connecting Unison
Splice
J1
Female 4
J2
Male
Splice
Connector
Hood
DB-9 male to Fusion,
Unison, FlexWave Focus,
Alarm Port
Splice
.5 meter
(1.5 feet)
Splice
DB-9 male to Fusion,
Unison, FlexWave Focus,
Alarm Port
J3
Male
DB-9 male to Fusion,
Unison, FlexWave Focus,
Alarm Port
.5 meter
(1.5 feet)
Splice
Splice
NOTE: Do not daisy-chain
Fusion Main Hubs
with FlexWave Focus
if you want both faults
and warnings from Fusion.
Only faults are reported if
you combine Fusion with
FlexWave in the same daisy
chain.
J4
Male
.5 meter
(1.5 feet)
Splice
J5
Male
DB-9 male to Fusion,
Unison, FlexWave Focus,
Alarm Port
Splice
.5 meter
(1.5 feet)
Option 1: DB-9 to Fusion,
Unison, FlexWave Focus
Alarm Port. J7 not used.
J6
Male
.25 meter
(.75 feet)
Option 2: Use J2-J5
for Alarm ports. Use J6 to
connect to an additional
Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable.
Do not use J7.
J7
Female
Terminator
Option 3: Connect
fewer than 5 ports and
connect J7 to the lowest
unused port to terminate
the daisy chain.
Figure 32. 5-port Alarm Daisy-Chain Cable
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 161
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
ALARM MONITORING CONNECTIVITY OPTIONS
NOTE:
The following procedures assume that the system is installed and has been programmed with
bands.
Direct Connection
In the configuration shown in Figure 33, the PC connects directly to the RJ-45 100 BASE-T port on
the Fusion Wideband Main Hub’s front panel using an Ethernet cross-over cable.
AdminBrowser is
resident in Fusion.
Cross-over
100 BASE-T Cable
PC running
Standard
Browser
Software
Figure 33. OA&M Direct Connection
Modem Connection
In the configuration shown in Figure 34, the PC and the Fusion Wideband Main Hub connect to
analog modems and communicate using a standard dial-up telephone connection.
Modem
#4028-10
Straight-Through
Modem cable
#140272-0
PSTN
Modem
#4028-10
Straight-Through
Modem cable
PC running
Standard
Browser
Software
#140272-0
Figure 34. OA&M Modem Connection
NOTE:
Page 162
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Refer to “Coaxial Cable” on page 198 for the modem cable wiring information.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Alarm Monitoring Connectivity Options
Modem switch settings are as follows for US Robotics modem:
•
PC-side: 1, 2 and 6 Up
•
Fusion Wideband Hub-side: 2 and 6 Up.
Setting Up Fusion Wideband Modem (USR Modem) Using AdminBrowser
Use the following steps to set up a PPP Dial-In on Fusion Wideband.
Start AdminBrowser as explained in the AdminBrowser manual.
Select System Configuration.
Select Setup Modem Connection. The window shown below opens:
TE
Make sure the modem type is: None.
•
The modem init string is for a USR modem.
•
The server address is the IP address of the MH.
Click Setup Connection.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 163
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Setting Up a PC Modem Using Windows
Use the following sets to set up a dial-up connection on your PC.
Click Start, Settings, Network Connections.
In the Network Connection window, click Create a new connection.
In the New Connection Wizard window, click Next.
Page 164
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Alarm Monitoring Connectivity Options
In the Network Connection Type dialog, select Connect to the network at my workplace, and
then click Next.
In the Network Connection dialog, select Dial-up connection, and then click Next.
In the Connection Name dialog, type a name for this connection, and then click Next.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 165
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
In the Phone Number to Dial dialog, type the desired dial in Phone number, and then click Next.
In the Connection Availability dialog, select Anyone’s use, and then click Next.
In the Completing the New Connection Wizard window, click Finish.
Page 166
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Alarm Monitoring Connectivity Options
10 In the Connect FusionHub window, type a password as indicated, and then click Properties.
The default parameters are:
•
User name: ppp_user
•
Password (one word, all lower case): password
11 In the FusionHub Properties window, click Configure...
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 167
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
12
In the Modem Configuration window, select the modem speed and other parameters for
your modem, and then click OK.
13
In the FusionHub Properties window, select the Security tab, and then select Typical.
14
Click the Networking tab, select Internet Protocol (TCP/IP), and then click Properties.
Page 168
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Alarm Monitoring Connectivity Options
15
In the General tab, select Obtain an IP address automatically and Obtain DNS server address
automatically, and then click OK.
16
To connect to the Fusion Wideband Hub over the Dial-up connection, start you web browser
and then in the address bar, type the server IP address configured in “Setting Up Fusion
Wideband Modem (USR Modem) Using AdminBrowser” on page 163.
100 BASE-T Port Expander Connection
In configuration shown in Figure 35, a LAN switch is used to allow the connection of multiple
devices to a single PC with a 100 BASE-T port. Testing was performed with a Linksys 4-port
switch. Each Fusion Wideband MH must have a unique IP address.
AdminBrowser is
resident in Fusion.
100 BASE-T Cable
RJ-45 Male to RJ-45 Male
LAN Switch
100 BASE-T
Ethernet connection
PC running
Standard
Browser
Software
Figure 35. OA&M Connection using a 232 Port Expander
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 169
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
POTS Line Sharing Switch Connection
Using a POTS line sharing switch (Figure 36), you can connect two or more modems to a single
telephone line. Figure 37 shows a cascade.
PC running
Standard
Browser
Software
4- or 8-port
4-port: #240031-0
8-port: #240052-0
#4028-10
Straight-Through
Modem cable
Modem
#140272-0
Line Sharing Switch
PSTN
Standard
phone
cable
Modem
Up to 4 modems
per switch
Modem
#140272-0
#4028-10 Straight-Through
Modem cable
Figure 36. OA&M Connection Using a POTS Line Sharing Switch
Page 170
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Alarm Monitoring Connectivity Options
4- or 8-port
Line Sharing Switch PNs:
4-port: #240031-0
8-port: #240052-0
PC running
Standard
Browser
Software
#4028-10
Straight-Through
Modem cable
Modem
#140272-0
4- or 8-Port
Line Sharing Switch
PSTN
Standard phone cable
4- or 8-Port
Line Sharing Switch
4- or 8-Port
Line Sharing Switch
4- or 8-Port
Line Sharing Switch
4- or 8-Port
Line Sharing Switch
#4028-10
Straight-Through
Modem cable
Figure 37. Cascading Line Sharing Switches
Ethernet RF Modem
Fusion Wideband can also use an Ethernet-based RF modem. Almost any RF modem will work,
although modems that support Port Address Translation are best.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 171
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Ethernet LAN Connection
An Ethernet LAN connection can be used to communicate between the PC and Fusion Wideband
(Figure 38).
NOTE:
Testing was performed with a Linksys 4-port LAN switch.
100 BASE-T Cable
Male RJ-45 to Male RJ-45
PC running
Standard
Browser
Software
Ethernet
TCP/IP
Ethernet
LAN Switch
Figure 38. OA&M Connection Using Ethernet and ENET/232 Serial Hub
SNMP Interface
Faults and warnings can optionally also be diagnosed with SNMP using a standard Network
Management System (NMS), as shown in Figure 39 on page 173. SNMP resident software in
Fusion Wideband provides SNMP interactions for Traps and Notification.
The Fusion Wideband SNMP includes a MIB for integrating into the Network Management System
(NMS) and supports SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c.
Page 172
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Alarm Monitoring Connectivity Options
Main Hub
PPP Modem
PPP Modem
Expansion Hub
Remote Unit
PSTN
RS-232
Modem Port
Remote Unit
(b) Connection to multiple systems through Dial-in router
Main Hub
Dialup Router/
Firewall
Ethernet
Port
Ethernet
Port
LAN
Modem
Router
PSTN
PPP
PPP
Expansion Hub
Remote Unit
Remote Unit
(c) DSL Modem through internet
Router
Main Hub
DSL Modem
Ethernet
Port
Switch
DSL Modem
Router
Ethernet
Port
Expansion Hub
Remote Unit
PSTN/
Internet
Remote Unit
(d) Connection to corporate LAN through firewall
Main Hub
Firewall
Router
Ethernet
Port
LAN
Router
Internet
Ethernet Port
Figure 39. Fusion Wideband SNMP Configuration Options
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 173
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Installing Fusion Wideband
Page 174
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
REPLACING FUSION WIDEBAND COMPONENTS
Topics
Page
Replacing a RAU................................................................................................................................................................... 176
Replacing a Fusion Wideband Expansion Hub ...................................................................................................................... 177
Replacing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub .............................................................................................................................. 178
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev H • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 175
©2015 TE Connectivity
Replacing Fusion Wideband Components
REPLACING A RAU
CAUTION!
The new RAU must support the same bands as the one you are replacing. If the RAU is of the
wrong band combination, it will not operate properly in the system.
Log in to AdminBrowser, and then do the following:
a Click System Information.
b Click Show System Tree.
c Select Fusion Wideband Main Hub.
d Click Get System Information.
e All system settings for Hubs and RAUs will display. Write down or save the Uplink and
Downlink Attenuation setting so you can set the new RAU with the same settings.
f Click Cancel to close the window.
Verify that the new RAU is of the same frequency bands as the one replaced.
Disconnect the CATV cable and antenna cable from the unit to be replaced.
Install the new RAU.
Connect the antenna cable and then the CATV cable to the new RAU.
Click System Configuration.
Click Show System Tree.
Select the new Fusion Wideband RAU, and then click Edit Unit Properties.
Set the attenuation of each band as the old RAU was programmed, and then click Save
Properties.
10
When convenient, perform System Test to optimize performance.
CAUTION!
11
During System Test, the entire system is temporarily off-line and no RF is being transmitted.
The RAU’s LINK and ALARM LEDs should blink (green/red) on power up.
If the LEDs do not blink on power up, replace the RAU.
12
After several seconds both LEDs should change to green, which indicates that the unit has
been successfully replaced, there is communication with the Hub, and the RAU band is
correct.
•
If the LINK LED remains green and the ALARM LED remains red, verify that the RAU
model is correct for the intended frequency band.
Disconnect the cable and then reconnect it once; doing this more than once will not
change the result.
•
If both LEDs still don’t change to green, use AdminBrowser to determine the exact nature
of the fault and see a recommendation of how to correct it.
•
If both LEDs turn red (after 90 seconds), the Hub has terminated communications.
Page 176
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Replacing a Fusion Wideband Expansion Hub
REPLACING A FUSION WIDEBAND EXPANSION HUB
Turn off the power to the Expansion Hub.
Disconnect all CATV cables, both fiber cables, and the AC power cord.
Replace the Expansion Hub with a new one.
Connect the AC power cord, all CATV cables, and both fiber cables – remembering to clean and
correctly connect the uplink and downlink fiber.
Turn on the power to the Expansion Hub.
The Main Hub automatically issues the band setting.
When convenient, use AdminBrowser to perform System Test in order to optimize
performance.
CAUTION!
During System Test, the entire system is temporarily off-line and no RF is being transmitted. For
a fully loaded system (one Main Hub, four Expansion Hubs, and 32 RAUs), it can take up to 90
seconds to complete the test.
Check the Expansion Hub LEDs.
•
The LEDs should blink through all states on power up.
– If the LEDs do not blink on power up, replace the Expansion Hub.
– If the LEDs do not illuminate at all, make sure the AC power cable is connected.
•
The UL status and DL STATUS LEDs should be green.
•
The e-HUB status and power LEDs should be green.
•
For each CATV port that has a connected RAU, the LEDs should be green.
It can take several seconds for each CATV connection before the LEDs to display properly.
NOTE:
Refer to “Troubleshooting Using LEDs” on page 185 for troubleshooting using the LEDs.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 177
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Replacing Fusion Wideband Components
REPLACING A FUSION WIDEBAND MAIN HUB
You must record the system configuration settings from the old Fusion Wideband Main Hub’s
memory before replacing the unit. You will program the new Main Hub with this information. If
the Main Hub is programmed incorrectly, the system will not work. If the Hub to be replaced is
not functioning and you cannot use AdminBrowser, get the configuration settings from the
As-Built Document that was created as part of the original installation.
Do the following to replace a Fusion Wideband Main Hub:
Log in to AdminBrowser, and then do the following:
a Click System Information.
b Click Show System Tree.
c Select Fusion Wideband Main Hub.
d Click Get System Information.
Turn off the power to the Fusion Wideband Main Hub.
Disconnect all cables and the AC power cord.
Replace the Main Hub with a new one.
Connect the AC power cord and all cables.
Connect the crossover Ethernet cable to the PC and then to the Main Hub’s front panel
100Base-T connector. ADMIN/LAN port)
Start the standard browser on the PC to communicate with AdminBrowser software.
Turn on the power to the Main Hub.
Observe the LEDs after turning on the power.
All the LEDs blink during the initial power up sequence. All LEDs should turn green after the
power on sequence is complete. Power up sequence takes between 1 and 2 minutes
depending on the number of RAUs.
10
Configure the New Fusion Wideband Main Hub.
CAUTION!
During System Test, the entire system is temporarily off-line and no RF is being transmitted.
Use AdminBrowser to log in to the Main Hub.
Click System Configuration.
Click Set Date/Time and enter the current date and time.
Click Set Date/Time.
Follow the instructions to reboot the system.
Log back into AdminBrowser.
Click System Configuration.
Click Install System.
Set the new Main Hub parameters from the old Main Hub (that is, uplink and downlink
gain, system labels, and so on), and then click Install System.
Follow the instructions to perform a System Test.
Click System Configuration.
Page 178
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Replacing a Fusion Wideband Main Hub
11
Do one of the following:
• Click Setup Network Connection.
• Click Modem Connection if the Main Hub has Network or Modem equipment
connected to it.
Check the LEDs on the new Main Hub.
•
The LEDs should blink through a 5-second test on power up.
– If the LEDs do not blink on power up, replace the Main Hub.
– If the LEDs do not illuminate at all, make sure the AC power cable is connected.
•
For each fiber optic port that has a connected Expansion Hub, which has been
programmed with a band, the PORT LED should be green.
•
Refer to “Troubleshooting Using LEDs” on page 185 for more LED states.
NOTE:
If there is no communication between the Main Hub and the Expansion Hubs, use AdminBrowser
to isolate system problems.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 179
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Replacing Fusion Wideband Components
Page 180
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
Topics
Page
Maintenance ....................................................................................................................................................................... 182
Cleaning the Fiber Ports .........................................................................................................................................................182
Using Compressed Air.....................................................................................................................................................182
Using Isopropyl Alcohol ..................................................................................................................................................182
Troubleshooting .................................................................................................................................................................. 183
Troubleshooting Using AdminBrowser...................................................................................................................................184
System Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................................................184
Troubleshooting Recommendations ..............................................................................................................................184
Fault/Warning/Status Indications ..................................................................................................................................185
Troubleshooting Using LEDs ...................................................................................................................................................185
Troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs During Normal Operation ..........................................................................................185
Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Normal Operation ..................................................................................187
Troubleshooting CATV ......................................................................................................................................................... 189
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev H • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 181
©2015 TE Connectivity
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
MAINTENANCE
Keep the fiber ports clean and free of dust. No other periodic maintenance of the Fusion
equipment is required.
Cleaning the Fiber Ports
You can clean the Hub’s fiber ports using canned compressed air or isopropyl alcohol and cotton
swabs.
Using Compressed Air
NOTE:
If you use compressed air, the air must be free of dust, water, and oil.
Remove the connector’s dust cap.
Holding the can level during use, spray the compressed air away from the unit for a few
seconds to clean out the nozzle, and then blow dust particles out of each fiber port.
Using Isopropyl Alcohol
NOTE:
Use only 98% pure or more alcohol.
Remove the connector’s dust cap.
Dip a 2.5mm lint-free, foam-tipped swab in isopropyl alcohol and slowly insert the tip into the
connector.
Gently twist the swab to clean the connector.
Insert a dry swab to dry the connector.
(Optional) Use compressed air after the alcohol has completely evaporated.
Page 182
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Troubleshooting
TROUBLESHOOTING
NOTE:
Fusion has no user-serviceable parts. Faulty or failed units are fully replaceable through TE; see
“Appendix D: Contacting TE Connectivity” on page 229.
Sources of potential problems include:
•
faulty cabling/connector
•
malfunction of one or more Fusion components
•
antenna, Base Station, or repeater problem
•
external RF interface
•
tripped circuit breaker
•
equipment is not grounded
•
using an Ethernet crossover cable that does not support full hardware handshaking when
using AdminBrowser.
NOTE:
Faulty cabling is the cause of a vast majority of problems. All CATV 75 Ohm cable should be tested
to TIA-570-B specifications. The RAU will be damaged if the cable connector is not installed
properly.
Use AdminBrowser for troubleshooting the system. Only use the LEDs as backup or for
confirmation.
If you cannot determine the cause of a problem after following the recommended procedures, call
the TE Customer Support Team (see “Appendix D: Contacting TE Connectivity” on page 229).
Please be prepared to provide the following information:
•
serial number of the unit
•
description of the problem
•
the length of the CATV cable and what type is it (for example RG-6)
•
status of the LEDs on the unit
•
when the unit was last power cycled.
Use AdminBrowser 1.00 to access Special Features, and then use the Get Service Information
window to generate a service file. Save and email this file to TE.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 183
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Using AdminBrowser
Use AdminBrowser software to determine the current faults and warnings for all of the units in
the system. To troubleshoot, start with the Fusion Main Hub’s faults AND warnings, then proceed
to each of the Expansion Hubs, finishing with each of the RAUs.
NOTE:
AdminBrowser v1.00 displays events (faults, warnings, or status messages) depending on your
view preference. To change your view preference, refer to “View Alarm Preferences” on page 39.
System Troubleshooting
Do the following to get a list of warnings and system status:
Log in to AdminBrowser.
Click System Information.
Click Get Faults, Warnings and Statuses.
This gives the present status of the system, which is dependent on the View Preferences for all
components.
Faults usually impact service; warnings may impact service; status messages contain information
that should not be ignored, but indicate conditions that do not generally impact service.
NOTE:
System commands can take longer to execute compared to component commands.
NOTE:
This RAU icon
indicates there is fault on the RAU. This icon
device. You cannot request status on a disconnected device.
indicates a disconnected
Troubleshooting Recommendations
Some actions that you can take, depending on the device fault or warning include, are as follows:
•
Hardware faults on Expansion Hub.
– Try swapping fiber with another Expansion Hub at the Main Hub.
– Try cleaning the fiber and the fiber ports with alcohol foam tip swab and compressed air;
see “Cleaning the Fiber Ports” on page 182.
– Power cycle the Expansion Hub.
•
In AdminBrowser, under Alarms, click CLEAR ALL DISCONNECTS at the Fusion Main Hub.
•
Power cycle the Fusion Main Hub.
•
For RAU hardware faults, try moving a working CATV to the suspect port and verifying that
the RAU comes up OK.
•
Try isolating the system components:
– Check to see if the whole system is effected or a portion of the system.
– If the whole system is effected, disconnect the DAS system from the RF source and see if
the RF source is working.
– Continue to isolate by disabling portions of the system. In AdminBrowser, under System
Configuration, click Show System Tree, select a component, and then click Set Out of
Service/Set in Service.
Page 184
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Troubleshooting
Fault/Warning/Status Indications
Once all of the units are powered on and the cable connections are made, the faults from each unit
can be requested using AdminBrowser. Start with the Fusion Main Hub and work downstream.
Resolve all faults first and then check the warnings. Take appropriate action to resolve the faults,
as indicated in the following tables. In cases where there is more than one possible cause, they are
listed from the “most likely” to the “least likely” cause. Actions are listed in the order that they
should be performed; not all actions may need to be done.
NOTE:
If you have a red STATUS LED without a fault message, it probably indicates that the unit is locked
out.
Refer to “Appendix C: Faults, Warnings, Status Tables for Fusion, Fusion Wideband, Fusion
SingleStar” on page 209 for tables containing Fault, Warning, and Status messages and their
meanings.
Troubleshooting Using LEDs
The following troubleshooting information is from the perspective that all Fusion equipment is
installed, their cables are connected, and they are powered on. It is also assumed that the system
was operating normally before the problem to be diagnosed occurred.
NOTE:
Always use AdminBrowser, if possible, to troubleshoot the system. The Fusion Main Hub and
Expansion Hub LEDs are for backup troubleshooting. The RAU LEDs probably will not provide
additional information for troubleshooting.
Troubleshooting Main Hub LEDs During Normal Operation
All of the Main Hub’s LEDs should be green during normal operation. If any LEDs are red, get
status using AdminBrowser to determine the exact cause and recommendations.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 185
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Table 96.
Troubleshooting Main Hub Port LEDs During Normal Operation
During
Normal
Operation
Main Hub
Port LEDs
State
Impact
Action
Expansion
Hub Not
Connected
Port
Red
The Expansion Hub was previously
connected, but it is not currently
connected; the Expansion Hub uplink
cable disconnected.
AdminBrowser clears all disconnects
caused by installation as part of the
clean-up process. After installation,
power cycle the Main Hub or use the
AdminBrowser Clear All Disconnect
Status command.
Changes the Main Hub’s port LEDs to
Off/Off.
If the Expansion Hub was disconnected
accidentally, re-connect the cables. The
LEDs should change to Green/Red, and
then Green/Green, after 20 seconds (if
the Main Hub band has been
programmed).
When the Expansion Hub is to be
removed from service permanently,
use the AdminBrowser Clear All
Disconnect Status command to clear
all disconnect states.
Expansion
Hub
Connected
Port
Flashing Red
(60 ppm)
Lost communication with Expansion Hub;
could be a problem with the Expansion
Hub or the fiber cable.
The Expansion Hub communication
problems delay Main Hub’s response to
AdminBrowser commands, resulting in
command time-outs. You can initially
disconnect the offending Expansion Hub
to obtain status from the rest of the
system, then reconnect the Expansion
Hub and resolve the communication
problem.
Use AdminBrowser to determine the
exact cause of the Main Hub’s faults.
Port
Red
Unit may have degraded performance or
go off-line, which is dependent on the
fault condition.
The Expansion Hub or connected RAU
reports a fault condition; use
AdminBrowser to determine the exact
cause of the corresponding unit’s
faults.
Table 97. Troubleshooting Main Hub STATUS LEDs During Normal Operation
During
Normal
Operation
At Any Time
At Any Time
Main Hub
State
Impact
Action
Main Hub
Status
Red
Internal Main Hub fault.
Use AdminBrowser to determine the
exact cause of the fault.
Power cycle one time. If the fault
remains, replace the Main Hub.
The Main Hub and all downstream units
are off-line.
Use AdminBrowser to check if the Main
Hub is commanded Out-of-Service
(every Expansion Hub port STATUS
LED will be red as well).
A power cycle will not clear a
commanded Out-of-Service, you must
use AdminBrowser to clear this state.
STATUS
LEDs
Main Hub
Status
Flashing Red
(60ppm)
Signal compression.
Reduce input signal power.
Power
Red
One or more power supplies are out of
specification.
Replace the Main Hub.
Page 186
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting Expansion Hub LEDs During Normal Operation
For all of the Expansion Hub that have RAUs connected:
•
the LINK and E-HUB/RAU LEDs should be Green/Green, indicating that the RAU is powered
on, communication is established, and operation is normal
•
the POWER, E-HUB STATUS, DL STATUS, and UL STATUS LEDs should all be Green.
Table 98.
Troubleshooting Expansion Hub Port LEDs During Normal Operation
During
Normal
Operation
Expansion
Hub Port
LEDs
State
Impact
Action
RAU is not
connected
Port
Off
The RAU was previously connected, but it
is not currently connected; the RAU cable
is disconnected.
If the RAU was disconnected
accidentally, re-connect the CATV
cable. The Expansion Hub’s port LEDs
should change to Green/Red, and
then Green/Green after 20 seconds (if
the Main Hub is connected, powered
on, and has band programmed).
Use the AdminBrowser Clear All
Disconnect Status command if you
are permanently removing the RAU
from service. The Expansion Hub’s
PORT LEDs should change to Off/Off.
RAU is
connected
Port
Red
Lost communications with the RAU. The
RAU could have powered down due to
over current; cable could have been
damaged.
Disconnect/reconnect the CATV cable
to force power-on reset to the RAU. If
the PORT LEDs remain red, use
AdminBrowser to check for the exact
cause of the Expansion Hub faults.
Port
Flashing
Red (60
ppm)
Depends on the fault condition.
The RAU reports a fault condition; use
AdminBrowser to check for the exact
cause of the Expansion Hub and RAU
faults.
Port
Flashing
Red (60
ppm)
The Expansion Hub reports no connection
with the RAU, cable shorts, or a current
port trap condition.
The Expansion Hub is not
communicating with the RAU; the
Expansion Hub is at fault. The cable
could have been damaged. The cable
leads may be shorted.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 187
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Table 99.
Troubleshooting Expansion Hub STATUS LEDs During Normal Operation
During
Normal
Operation
Expansion
Hub
State
Impact
Action
At Any Time
UL STATUS
Red
No communications between the Main Hub
and the Expansion Hub.
Uplink laser failure.
Check uplink fiber for optical loss.
Power cycle Expansion Hub one time
to check uplink laser.
DL STATUS
Red
No communications with the Main Hub.
Check the downlink fiber for optical
loss
E-H STATUS
Red
Internal Expansion Hub fault (including
either of the above UL STATUS or DL
STATUS states).
If either the UL STATUS or the DL
STATUS are also red, see above.
Cycle power on the Expansion Hub. If
fault remains, replace the Expansion
Hub.
Page 188
© 2015 TE Connectivity
STATUS
LEDs
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Troubleshooting CATV
TROUBLESHOOTING CATV
Table 100 summarizes CATV problems, as reported by AdminBrowser, if a cable is cut or
miswired.
NOTE:
Recommended minimum and maximum CATV cable lengths vary depending upon the type of
CATV cable used. Refer to “Cable and Connector Requirements” on page 107.
Table 100.
Problem Type
Summary of CATV Cable Wiring Problems
Message
Loose connector, None
shorted conductor
or improper
No communication with RAUn
connection to the
shield.
Portn UL RF path loss is too high
Icon
Impact
High phase noise, degraded signal on both
Downlink and Uplink (high bit error rate)
RAU unable to communicate with Hub,
degraded performance or RAU off-line
Increased ripple in the uplink path, decreased
UL gain, or no UL gain
The DL RF path loss is too high
Increased ripple in the downlink path, RAU
off-line
RAUn over current or port short
RAU will not power on.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 189
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Maintenance and Troubleshooting
Page 190
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
APPENDIX A: CABLES AND CONNECTORS
Topics
Page
75 Ohm CATV Cable ............................................................................................................................................................. 192
General Specifications ............................................................................................................................................................192
Recommended CATV Cable Lengths.......................................................................................................................................192
Connectors and Tools for Cable Ends .....................................................................................................................................196
Fiber Optical Cables ............................................................................................................................................................. 197
Coaxial Cable ....................................................................................................................................................................... 198
Standard Modem Cable ....................................................................................................................................................... 199
TCP/IP Cross-Over Cable ...................................................................................................................................................... 200
DB-9 to DB-9 Null Modem Cable .......................................................................................................................................... 201
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev H • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 191
©2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix A: Cables and Connectors
75 OHM CATV CABLE
General Specifications
•
Connects the Expansion Hub to the RAU(s)
•
Transmits multiband (downlink) and receives (uplink) IF signals
•
Delivers DC electrical power to the RAUs. The Fusion Hub’s DC voltage output is 54V DC
nominal. A current limiting circuit is used to protect the Hub if it reaches its current limit
•
Carries configuration and status information
•
Use 75 Ohm type-F connectors with captive centerpins
•
Lengths
– RG-59:

• Minimum: 0 meters (0 ft.)

• Maximum: 150 meters (492 ft.)
– RG-6:

• Minimum: 0 meters (0 ft.)

• Maximum: 170 meters (558 ft.)
– RG-11:

• Minimum: 0 meters (0 ft.)

• Maximum: 275 meters (902 ft.)
Recommended CATV Cable Lengths
Recommended minimum and maximum CATV cable lengths vary depending upon which CATV
cable you use. (Be sure to test cable termination before installing the cable.)
•
CommScope CATV cable or equivalent is required:
•
CommScope 20655V for RG-59 (see Figure 40 on page 193).
•
CommScope 2279V for RG-6 (see Figure 41 on page 194).
•
CommScope 2293K for RG-11 (see Figure 42 on page 195).
•
CommScope 2065V for RG-59
•
CommScope 2279V for RG-6
•
CommScope 2293K for RG-11
Page 192
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
75 Ohm CATV Cable
Figure 40. CommScope 2065V for RG-59
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 193
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix A: Cables and Connectors
Figure 41. CommScope 2079V for RG-6
Page 194
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
75 Ohm CATV Cable
Figure 42. CommScope 2293K for RG-11
NOTE:
TE requires solid copper center conductor CATV cable for proper DC voltage to the RAU and
maximum distances.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 195
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix A: Cables and Connectors
Connectors and Tools for Cable Ends
Use the following connectors and tools to prepare the cable ends:
•
CommScope cable part number: 2065V
•
Canare part number: F connector FP-C4F
•
Crimp Tool TC-1, Crimp Die TCD-4C, Cable Strip preparation tool TS100E
•
CommScope cable part number: 2279V
•
Canare part number: F connector FP-C55A
•
Crimp Tool TC-1, Crimp Die TCD-35CA, Cable Strip preparation tool TS100E
•
CommScope cable part number: 2293V
•
Canare part number: F connector FP-C71A
•
Crimp Tool TC-1, Crimp Die TCD-7CA, Cable Strip preparation tool TS100E
If the maximum distance is not required, then copper-clad over steel-center conductor cable may
be used to reduce cable costs.
Table 101 show CommScope cable choices of plenum, non-plenum, solid copper conductor, and
copper-clad over-steel conductor cable with their part numbers and maximum distances.
Table 101. System Gain (Loss) Relative to CATV Cable Length
Cable
Type
CommScope Plenum
Part Number Rated
Solid Copper
Conductor
RG-59
2065V
Yes
2022V
Yes
5572R
No
5565
No
2279V
Yes
2275V
Yes
5726
No
5765
No
2293K
Yes
235
320
2285K
Yes
235
300*
5913
No
235
300*
RG-6
RG-11
Copper Clad
Conductor
Zero-loss RF
Maximum
Length
(meters)
Distance
Where RF
is 10dB
Below Input
RF
(meters)
130
180
100
100*
95
95*
130
180
140
190
140
150*
140
140*
140
190
* Exceeding the distance of copper-clad cable will result in the attached RAU becoming non-functional.
If the distance of a cable run is at its maximum and is of concern, TE recommends the use of solid
copper cable to ensure successful operation.
Page 196
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Fiber Optical Cables
FIBER OPTICAL CABLES
•
Connects the Main Hub to Expansion Hub(s)
•
Transmits (downlink) and receives (uplink) optical signals
•
Carries configuration and status information
•
Use industry-standard 62.5µm/125µm MMF or Corning SMF-28 fiber, or equivalent.
•
SC/APC (angle-polished) connectors are required throughout the fiber network
(port-to-port), including fiber distribution panels
•
Distances:
– Multi-mode Fiber: up to 500 m (1,640 ft) – 3 dB optical loss maximum
– Single-mode Fiber: up to 6 km (19,685 ft) – 3 dB optical loss maximum
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 197
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix A: Cables and Connectors
COAXIAL CABLE
•
Connects a Fusion Hub to a repeater or Base Station (N-type connectors)
•
Connects a RAU to a passive antenna (N-type connectors)
Page 198
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Standard Modem Cable
STANDARD MODEM CABLE
Cable (PN 4028-10) shown in Figure 43 connects a modem to the Fusion Hub’s front panel serial
port.
DB-9 Connector
Pin
DB-25 Connector
Pin
20
22
Figure 43. Standard Modem Cable Pinouts
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 199
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix A: Cables and Connectors
TCP/IP CROSS-OVER CABLE
A TCP/IP cross-over cable (PN 4069-ADB) is used to connect a standard browser PC to the
AdminBrowser with a Fusion Hub. A cable is included with the Fusion Hub. The pinouts for this
cable are illustrated in Figure 44.
Figure 44. Wiring Map for TCP/IP Cable
Page 200
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
DB-9 to DB-9 Null Modem Cable
DB-9 TO DB-9 NULL MODEM CABLE
Use a DB-9 female to DB-9 female null modem cable to connect the craft person’s PC/Laptop to
the RS-232 port on the front of the Fusion Hub for IP address configuration. Table 102 lists the
cable pinout and Figure 45 shows a diagram of its wiring.
Table 102. DB-9 Female to DB-9 Female Null Modem Cable Pinout
From
Signal
To
Signal
P1-4
DTR
P2-6, P2-1
DSR, DCD
P1-6
DSR
P1-1, P2-4
DCD, DTR
P1-3
TXD
P2-2
RXD
P1-2
RXD
P2-3
TXD
P1-5
GND
P2-5
GND
P1-7
RTS
P2-8
CTS
P1-8
CTS
P2-7
RTS
P1-9
N/C
N/C
N/C
DB-9 Connector
Pin
DB-9 Connector
Pin
Note that for each DB-9 connector, pins 1 and 6 are tied
together and sent to pin 4 of the opposite connector,
providing the required handshake signals.
Figure 45. DB-9 Female to DB-9 Female Null Modem Cable Diagram
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 201
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix A: Cables and Connectors
Page 202
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
APPENDIX B: COMPLIANCE
Topics
Page
Standards Conformance....................................................................................................................................................... 204
Fusion Wideband System Approval Status ........................................................................................................................... 205
700 MHz LTE Products............................................................................................................................................................205
800 SMR/iDEN Products .........................................................................................................................................................205
850 Cellular Products..............................................................................................................................................................205
1800 DCS Products .................................................................................................................................................................205
1900 PCS Products..................................................................................................................................................................205
2100 UMTS Products ..............................................................................................................................................................206
1700/2100 AWS Products ......................................................................................................................................................206
2500 TDD LTE Products ..........................................................................................................................................................206
2600 MHz LTE Products..........................................................................................................................................................206
InterReach Fusion Wideband Main Hub and Expansion Hub.................................................................................................207
Human Exposure to RF......................................................................................................................................................... 208
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev H • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 203
©2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix B: Compliance
STANDARDS CONFORMANCE
Fusion Wideband uses the TIA-570-B cabling standards for ease of installation.
CAUTION!
The user is cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
WARNING. This is NOT a CONSUMER device. It is designated for installation by FCC LICENSEES and
QUALIFIED INSTALLERS. You MUST have an FCC LICENSE or express Consent of an FCC Licensee to
operate this device. Unauthorized use may result in Significant forfeiture penalties, including penalties in
excess of $100,000 for each continuing violation.
Page 204
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Fusion Wideband System Approval Status
FUSION WIDEBAND SYSTEM APPROVAL STATUS
InterReach Fusion Wideband has been approved as shown below.
700 MHz LTE Products
•
Safety: UL, CSA, CB Scheme certificate to IEC 60950, 3rd Edition, and IEC 60950-1, 1st Edition,
with all national deviations.
•
EMC: FCC part 15 class A
•
Radio: FCC part 27
800 SMR/iDEN Products
•
Safety: UL, CSA, CB Scheme certificate to IEC 60950, 3rd Edition, and IEC 60950-1, 1st Edition,
with all national deviations.
•
EMC: FCC part 15 class A
•
Radio: FCC part 90
850 Cellular Products
•
Safety: UL, CSA, CB Scheme certificate to IEC 60950, 3rd Edition, and IEC 60950-1, 1st Edition,
with all national deviations.
•
EMC: FCC part 15 class A
•
Radio: FCC part 22
1800 DCS Products
•
Safety: UL, CSA, CB Scheme certificate to IEC 60950, 3rd Edition, and IEC 60950-1, 1st Edition,
with all national deviations.
•
EMC: EN 301 489-8 V1.2.1
•
Radio: EN 300 609-4 V9.2.1
1900 PCS Products
•
Safety: UL, CSA, CB Scheme certificate to IEC 60950, 3rd Edition, and IEC 60950-1, 1st Edition,
with all national deviations.
•
EMC: FCC part 15 class A
•
Radio: FCC part 24
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 205
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix B: Compliance
2100 UMTS Products
•
Safety: UL, CSA, CB Scheme certificate to IEC 60950, 3rd Edition, and IEC 60950-1, 1st Edition,
with all national deviations.
•
EMC: EN 301 489-23 V1.2.1
•
Radio: EN 301 908-11 V2.3.1
1700/2100 AWS Products
•
Safety: UL, CSA, CB Scheme certificate to IEC 60950, 3rd Edition, and IEC 60950-1, 1st Edition,
with all national deviations.
•
EMC: FCC part 15 class A
•
Radio: FCC part 27
2500 TDD LTE Products
•
Safety: UL, CSA, CB Scheme certificate to IEC 60950, 3rd Edition, and IEC 60950-1, 1st Edition,
with all national deviations.
•
EMC: FCC part 15 class A
•
Radio: FCC part 27
2600 MHz LTE Products
•
Safety: UL, CSA, CB Scheme certificate to IEC 60950, 3rd Edition, and IEC 60950-1, 1st Edition,
with all national deviations.
•
EMC: EN 301 489-23 V1.2.1
•
Radio: EN 301 908-11 V2.3.1
Page 206
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Fusion Wideband System Approval Status
InterReach Fusion Wideband Main Hub and Expansion Hub
•
Safety: UL, CSA, CB Scheme certificate to IEC 60950-1, First Edition, with all national
deviations.
•
EMC: CISPR 22A
•
EMC: CISPR 24
NOTE:
For Canadian customers, the Manufacturer’s rated output power1 of this equipment is for single
carrier operation. For situations when multiple carrier signals are present, the rating would have
to be reduced by 3.5 dB, especially where the output signal is re-radiated and can cause
interference to adjacent band users. This power reduction is to be by means of input power or
gain reduction and not by an attenuator at the output of the device.
NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept
any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
NOTE:
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment.
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and
used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications.
This equipment complies with the FCC radiation exposure limits for general
population/uncontrolled exposure environments.
Changes or modifications not approved and performed by TE may void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
WARNING. This is NOT a CONSUMER device. It is designed for installation by FCC
LICENSEES and QUALIFIED INSTALLERS. You MUST have an FCC License or express
consent of an FCC licensee to operate this device. Unauthorized use may result in significant
forfeiture penalties, including penalties in excess of $100,000 for each continuing violation.
Part 90 Signal Boosters
WARNING. This is NOT a CONSUMER device. It is designed for installation by FCC
LICENSEES and QUALIFIED INSTALLERS. You MUST have an FCC License or express
consent of an FCC licensee to operate this device. You MUST register Class B signal boosters
(as defined in 47 CFR 90.219) online at www.fcc.gov/signal-boosters/registration.
Unauthorized use may result in significant forfeiture penalties, including penalties in excess
of $100,000 for each continuing violation.
1“Manufacturer’s rated output power” refers to Fusion Wideband’s downlink P1dB. The Power Per Carrier tables take
into account this power reduction for multiple carriers.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 207
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix B: Compliance
HUMAN EXPOSURE TO RF
The U.S. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) has developed guidelines for evaluation of
human exposure to RF emissions. The guidelines incorporate limits for Maximum Permissible
Exposure (MPE) for power density of transmitters operating at frequencies between 300 kHz and
100 GHz. Limits have been set for portable, mobile, and fixed equipment. TE products fall in the
category of fixed equipment; products intended to be permanently secured and exposures are
evaluated for distances greater than 20cm (7 7/8”). Portable devices fall into exposures of less
than 20cm, are SAR evaluations are used.
Antenna gain is restricted to 1.5 W ERP (2.49 W EIRP) in order to satisfy RF exposure compliance
requirements. If higher than 1.5 W ERP, routine MPE evaluation is needed. The antennas should
be installed to provide at least 20 cm from all persons to satisfy MPE requirements of FCC Part 2,
2.1091.
Basic MPE evaluation is performed by taking the maximum power output of the equipment, the
gain of the antenna to be used, and distance from the antenna, referenced in FCC OET Bulletin 65
“Evaluation Compliance with FCC Guidelines for Human Exposure to Radio Frequency for Electric
Fields”.
TE products transmit well below the FCC power density limits. FCC defines power output limits
at 20cm distance for various frequency ranges:
•
Over 300 MHz to 1.5 GHz the limit is determined by frequency/1500
•
Above 1.5 GHz the limit is 1mW/cm2
The basic equation for determining power density is:
S = PG / 4πR2
Where S is power density in mW/cm2
PG, the transmitted power from the antenna identified as EIRP (Equivalent Isotropically Radiated
Power), is the product of power output of device and antenna gain, in mW.
R is the distance of interest from the antenna.
Typical Installation Example:
Assuming an antenna is placed on a 10 foot ceiling, for a person 6 feet tall, the distance from
antenna to body is 4 feet (112 cm.).
For a PCS 1900 remote unit, the maximum power output, according to the power table in
“Maximum Output Power Per Carrier” on page 65, is 16.5 dB.
Assuming a 7 dBi antenna is used, PG in the equation is equal to 23.5 dB (224 mW) EIRP.
Using S = PG/4πR2
S = 224/(4x3.14) x (122)2 = 0.001 mW/cm2
Also, assuming a minimum distance of 20 cm according to FCC regulations:
S = 224/(4 x 3.14) x (20)2 = 0.04 mW/cm2
Page 208
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
APPENDIX C: FAULTS, WARNINGS, STATUS TABLES FOR
FUSION, FUSION WIDEBAND, FUSION SINGLESTAR
Topics
Page
Faults Reported by Main Hubs ............................................................................................................................................. 210
Faults Reported for System CPU........................................................................................................................................... 213
Faults for Expansion Hubs .................................................................................................................................................... 214
Faults for RAUs .................................................................................................................................................................... 216
Messages for Main Hubs...................................................................................................................................................... 217
Warning Messages .................................................................................................................................................................217
Status Messages .....................................................................................................................................................................217
Messages for System CPUs................................................................................................................................................... 222
Messages for Expansion Hubs .............................................................................................................................................. 223
Messages for RAUs .............................................................................................................................................................. 226
The following tables contain messages for all versions of firmware, but all messages are not
displayed by a given firmware version.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev H • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 209
©2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix C: Faults, Warnings, Status Tables for Fusion, Fusion Wideband, Fusion SingleStar
FAULTS REPORTED BY MAIN HUBS
Faults indicate service-impacting conditions and should be given immediate attention.
Once all of the units are powered on and the cable connections are made, the faults from each unit
can be requested using AdminBrowser. Start with the Fusion or Fusion Wideband Main Hub and
work downstream.
Resolve all faults first and then check the warnings. Take appropriate action to resolve the faults,
as indicated in the following tables. In cases where there is more than one possible cause, they are
listed from the “most likely” to the “least likely” cause. Actions are listed in the order that they
should be performed; not all actions may need to be done.
NOTE:
If you have a red STATUS LED without a fault message, it probably indicates that the unit is locked
out.
Table 103. Fault Messages for Main Hubs
Message
Number
Description
Reason/Action
{MF01}
Software error occurred and recovered.
If this happens repeatedly, replace the Hub.
{MF02}
Software error occurred and recovered.
If this happens repeatedly, replace the Hub.
{MF03}
Software error occurred and recovered.
If this happens repeatedly, replace the Hub.
{MF04}
Software reset occurred and recovered, or firmware
download.
If this happens repeatedly, replace the Hub.
{MF05}
Software error occurred and recovered.
If this happens repeatedly, replace the Hub.
{MF06}
Problem detected in the Hub. Internal communication
reset.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF07}
Hub power cycle.
Hub power cycle.
{MF08}
Internal communications failure.
No internal communications in preceding 15 minutes.
{MF09}
Hardware Reset.
Commanded hardware power on reset
{MF10}
Band not programmed.
Use AdminBrowser to program the band.
{MF11}
Hardware failure (DL Pilot PLL).
Cycle power once. If fault persists, replace the Hub
{MF12}
Hardware failure (DL Pilot Too High).
Cycle power once. If fault persists, replace the Hub.
{MF13}
Hardware failure (DL Pilot Too Low).
Cycle power once. If fault persists, replace the Hub.
{MF14}
Hardware failure (54 VDC).
54 VDC power supply is out of range, replace the Hub
{MF15}
Hardware failure (RF VDC Power).
Loss of DC power to RF circuits, replace the Hub.
{MF16}
Self Lockout (All Bands).
Hub has shutdown the system due to an internal fault.
System is offline.
{MF17}
Hardware failure (DL PLL Band 1).
Cycle power once. If fault persists, replace the Hub.
{MF18}
Hardware failure (UL PLL Band 1).
Cycle power once. If fault persists, replace the Hub
{ML19}
Commanded Out-of-service (Band 1).
Band 1 commanded out-of-service by User.
{MF20}
Hardware failure (UL1 LO2 Band 1).
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the Hub.
{MF21}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF22}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF23}
Problem detected in the Hub
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF24}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF25}
Hardware failure (DL PLL Band 2).
Cycle power once. If fault persists, replace the Hub.
Page 210
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Faults Reported by Main Hubs
Table 103.
Fault Messages for Main Hubs (Cont.)
Message
Number
Description
Reason/Action
{MF26}
Hardware failure (UL PLL Band 2).
Cycle power once. If fault persists, replace the Hub.
{ML27}
Commanded Out-of-service (Band 2).
Band 2 commanded out-of-service by User.
{MF28}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF29}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF30}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF31}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF32}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF33}
Hardware failure (DL PLL Band 3).
Cycle power once. If fault persists, replace the Hub.
{MF34}
Hardware failure (UL PLL Band 3).
Cycle power once. If fault persists, replace the Hub.
{ML35}
Commanded Out-of-service (Band 3).
Band 3 commanded out-of-service by User.
{MF36}
Hardware failure (638 MHz PLL).
Cycle power once. If fault persists, replace the Hub.
{MF37}
Hardware failure (638 MHz PLL).
Cycle power once. If fault persists, replace the Hub.
{MF38}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF39}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF40}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF41}
Hardware failure (Optical Power Out).
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the Hub.
{MF42}
Unable to sync with TDD frame (Band 1).
Check input signal and/or user TDD settings.
{MF43}
Unable to sync with TDD frame (Band 2).
Check input signal and/or user TDD settings.
{MF44}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information
{MF45}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF46}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF47}
Problem detected in the Hub
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF48}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MD129}
Port 1 Disconnected.
Unit is disconnected.
{MD130}
Port 2 Disconnected.
Unit is disconnected.
{MD131}
Port 3 Disconnected.
Unit is disconnected.
{MD132}
Port 4 Disconnected.
Unit is disconnected.
{MD133}
Port 5 Disconnected.
Unit is disconnected.
{MD134}
Port 6 Disconnected.
Unit is disconnected.
{MD135}
Port 7 Disconnected.
Unit is disconnected.
{MD136}
Port 8 Disconnected.
Unit is disconnected.
{MC137}
Port 1 No Communications.
No communications with remote unit.
{MC138}
Port 2 No Communications.
No communications with remote unit.
{MC139}
Port 3 No Communications.
No communications with remote unit.
{MC140}
Port 4 No Communications.
No communications with remote unit.
{MC141}
Port 5 No Communications.
No communications with remote unit.
{MC142}
Port 6 No Communications.
No communications with remote unit.
{MC143}
Port 7 No Communications.
No communications with remote unit.
{MC144}
Port 8 No Communications.
No communications with remote unit.
{MT145}
Port 1 Cable Fault.
Possible electrical short in the coax cable, or RAU problem.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 211
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix C: Faults, Warnings, Status Tables for Fusion, Fusion Wideband, Fusion SingleStar
Table 103.
Fault Messages for Main Hubs (Cont.)
Message
Number
Description
Reason/Action
{MT146}
Port 2 Cable Fault.
Possible electrical short in the coax cable, or RAU problem.
{MT147}
Port 3 Cable Fault.
Possible electrical short in the coax cable, or RAU problem.
{MT148}
Port 4 Cable Fault.
Possible electrical short in the coax cable, or RAU problem.
{MT149}
Port 5 Cable Fault.
Possible electrical short in the coax cable, or RAU problem.
{MT150}
Port 6 Cable Fault.
Possible electrical short in the coax cable, or RAU problem.
{MT151}
Port 7 Cable Fault.
Possible electrical short in the coax cable, or RAU problem.
{MT152}
Port 8 Cable Fault.
Possible electrical short in the coax cable, or RAU problem.
{MT153}
Port 1 Trip.
Remote Unit is drawing too much current.
{MT154}
Port 2 Trip.
Remote Unit is drawing too much current.
{MT155}
Port 3 Trip.
Remote Unit is drawing too much current.
{MT156}
Port 4 Trip.
Remote Unit is drawing too much current.
{MT157}
Port 5 Trip.
Remote Unit is drawing too much current.
{MT158}
Port 6 Trip.
Remote Unit is drawing too much current.
{MT159}
Port 7 Trip.
Remote Unit is drawing too much current.
{MT160}
Port 8 Trip.
Remote Unit is drawing too much current.
{MF161}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF162}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF163}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF164}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF165}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF166}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF167}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF168}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF169}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF170}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF171}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF172}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF173}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF174}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF175}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{MF176}
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
Page 212
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Faults Reported for System CPU
FAULTS REPORTED FOR SYSTEM CPU
Table 104.
Faults for System CPU
Message
Number
Description
Reason/Action
{SF01}
No internal communications.
No internal communications in preceding 2 minutes. Power cycle to
clear.
{SF02}
Unable to open file (sysinfo).
System CPU rebooted.
{SF03}
Unable to open file (sysstat).
System CPU rebooted.
{SF04}
Invalid internal response.
System CPU rebooted, internal command does not return valid response
after 4 retries.
{SF05}
No MAC address.
System CPU rebooted, unable to read MAC address from the Ethernet
driver.
{SF06}
Unable to open file (sysinfo_org).
System CPU rebooted.
{SF07}
Unable to open file (sbc_status).
System CPU rebooted.
{SF08}
Invalid internal field response.
System CPU rebooted, internal command format invalid.
{SF09}
Unable to open file (fileTTL).
System CPU rebooted.
{SF10}
Invalid internal ASCII response.
System CPU rebooted, illegal number of bytes.
{SF11}
Unable to open file (sysalarm).
System CPU rebooted.
{SF12}
Unable to open file (password_etb).
System CPU rebooted.
{SF13}
Unable to open file (CRC).
System CPU rebooted.
{SF14}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF15}
pThread not executing.
System CPU rebooted.
{SF16}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF17}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF18}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF19}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF20}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF21}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF22}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF23}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF24}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF25}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF26}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF27}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF28}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF29}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF30}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF31}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{SF32}
Problem detected in the System CPU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 213
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix C: Faults, Warnings, Status Tables for Fusion, Fusion Wideband, Fusion SingleStar
FAULTS FOR EXPANSION HUBS
Table 105.
Fault Messages for Expansion Hubs
Message
Number
Description
Reason/Action
{EF01}
Software error occurred and recovered.
If this happens repeatedly, replace the Hub.
{EF02}
Software reset occurred and recovered, or
firmware download.
If this happens repeatedly, replace the Hub.
{EF03}
Software reset occurred and recovered.
If this happens repeatedly, replace the Hub.
{EF04}
Software reset occurred and recovered.
If this happens repeatedly, replace the Hub.
{EF05}
Software error occurred and recovered.
If this happens repeatedly, replace the Hub.
{EF06}
Firmware download.
Firmware download.
{EF07}
Hub power cycle.
Hub power cycle.
{EF08}
MH communications failure.
No communications from MH in THE preceding 90 seconds.
{EF09}
MH communications failure.
EH uplink messages not getting to the MH.
{EF10}
Hardware failure (PLL).
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the Hub.
{EF11}
Hardware failure (54 VDC).
54 VDC power supply is out of range, replace the Hub.
{EF12}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF13}
Band not programmed.
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the Hub.
{EF14}
Low optical input power.
Check downlink fiber connections.
{EF15}
Hardware failure (Optical Output Power).
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the Hub.
{EF16}
Self Lockout (All Bands).
The Hub has shutdown the system due to an internal fault. The
system is offline.
{EF17}
Commanded Out-of-service (Band 1).
Band 1 commanded out-of-service by the user.
{EF18}
Fault lockout (Band 1).
Band 1 out-of-service due to an MH fault.
{EF19}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF20}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF21}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF22}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF23}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF24}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF25}
Commanded Out-of-service (Band 2).
Band 2 commanded out-of-service by the user.
{EF26}
Fault lockout (Band 2).
Band 2 out-of-service due to MH fault.
{EF27}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF28}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF29}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF30}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF31}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF32}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF33}
Commanded Out-of-service (Band 3).
Band 3 commanded out-of-service by the user.
{EF34}
Fault lockout (Band 3).
Band 3 out-of-service due to an MH fault.
{EF35}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF36}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
Page 214
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Faults for Expansion Hubs
Table 105. Fault Messages for Expansion Hubs (Cont.)
Message
Number
Description
Reason/Action
{EF37}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF38}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF39}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{EF40}
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{ED129}
Port 1 Disconnected.
Unit is disconnected.
{ED130}
Port 2 Disconnected.
Unit is disconnected.
{ED131}
Port 3 Disconnected.
Unit is disconnected.
{ED132}
Port 4 Disconnected.
Unit is disconnected.
{ED133}
Port 5 Disconnected.
Unit is disconnected.
{ED134}
Port 6 Disconnected.
Unit is disconnected.
{ED135}
Port 7 Disconnected.
Unit is disconnected.
{ED136}
Port 8 Disconnected.
Unit is disconnected.
{EC137}
Port 1 No Communications.
No communications with remote unit.
{EC138}
Port 2 No Communications.
No communications with remote unit.
{EC139}
Port 3 No Communications.
No communications with remote unit.
{EC140}
Port 4 No Communications.
No communications with remote unit.
{EC141}
Port 5 No Communications.
No communications with remote unit.
{EC142}
Port 6 No Communications.
No communications with remote unit.
{EC143}
Port 7 No Communications.
No communications with remote unit.
{EC144}
Port 8 No Communications.
No communications with remote unit.
{ET145}
Port 1 Cable Fault.
Possible electrical short in the coaxial cable, or a RAU problem.
{ET146}
Port 2 Cable Fault.
Possible electrical short in the coaxial cable, or a RAU problem.
{ET147}
Port 3 Cable Fault.
Possible electrical short in the coaxial cable, or a RAU problem.
{ET148}
Port 4 Cable Fault.
Possible electrical short in the coaxial cable, or a RAU problem.
{ET149}
Port 5 Cable Fault.
Possible electrical short in the coaxial cable, or a RAU problem.
{ET150}
Port 6 Cable Fault.
Possible electrical short in the coaxial cable, or a RAU problem.
{ET151}
Port 7 Cable Fault.
Possible electrical short in the coaxial cable, or a RAU problem.
{ET152}
Port 8 Cable Fault.
Possible electrical short in the coaxial cable, or a RAU problem.
{ET153}
Port 1 Trip.
The Remote Unit is drawing too much current.
{ET154}
Port 2 Trip.
The Remote Unit is drawing too much current.
{ET155}
Port 3 Trip.
The Remote Unit is drawing too much current.
{ET156}
Port 4 Trip.
The Remote Unit is drawing too much current.
{ET157}
Port 5 Trip.
The Remote Unit is drawing too much current.
{ET158}
Port 6 Trip.
The Remote Unit is drawing too much current.
{ET159}
Port 7 Trip.
The Remote Unit is drawing too much current.
{ET160}
Port 8 Trip.
The Remote Unit is drawing too much current.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 215
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix C: Faults, Warnings, Status Tables for Fusion, Fusion Wideband, Fusion SingleStar
FAULTS FOR RAUS
Table 106. Faults for RAUs
Message
Number
Description
Reason/Action
{RF01}
Software error occurred and recovered.
If this happens repeatedly, replace the RAU.
{RF02}
Software error occurred and recovered.
If this happens repeatedly, replace the RAU.
{RF03}
Software error occurred and recovered.
If this happens repeatedly, replace the RAU.
{RF04}
Software reset occurred and recovered, or firmware
download.
If this happens repeatedly, replace the RAU.
{RF05}
Software error occurred and recovered.
If this happens repeatedly, replace the RAU.
{RF06}
Problem detected in the RAU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{RF07}
RAU power cycle.
RAU power cycle.
{RF08}
Problem detected in the RAU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{RF09}
Invalid band.
The RAU doesn't support programmed band. Check the
RAU type against the band programmed in the hub.
{RF10}
Low input DC voltage.
Check the coaxial cable for high RF loss. Try another Hub
port. If the fault persists, replace the RAU. If the fault clears,
mark the Hub port as unusable and replace the Hub when
possible.
{RF11}
Hardware Failure (DL PLL Band 1).
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the RAU.
{RF12}
Hardware Failure (DL PLL Band 2).
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the RAU.
{RF13}
Hardware Failure (DL PLL Band 3).
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the RAU.
{RF14}
Hardware Failure (UL PLL Band 1).
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the RAU.
{RF15}
Hardware Failure (UL PLL Band 2).
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the RAU.
{RF16}
Hardware Failure (UL PLL Band 3).
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the RAU.
{RF17}
Hardware Failure (PA Band 1).
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the RAU.
{RF18}
Hardware Failure (PA Band 2).
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the RAU.
{RF19}
Hardware Failure (PA Band 3).
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the RAU.
{RF20}
Hardware Failure (UL Pilot).
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the RAU.
{RL21}
Commanded Out-of-service (Band 1).
Band 1 commanded out-of-service by User. Command
In-Service on Band 1 to restore service.
{RL22}
Commanded Out-of-service (Band 2).
Band 2 commanded out-of-service by User. Command
In-Service on Band 2 to restore service.
{RL23}
Commanded Out-of-service (Band 3).
Band 3 commanded out-of-service by User. Command
In-Service on Band 3 to restore service.
{RF24}
Problem detected in the RAU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{RX25}
Commanded shutdown (Band 1).
Check the status of hub to which the RAU is connected.
{RX26}
Commanded shutdown (Band 2).
Check the status of hub to which the RAU is connected.
{RX27}
Commanded shutdown (Band 3).
Check the status of the hub to which the RAU is connected.
{RF28}
Internal shutdown (Band 1).
RAU Fault condition in band 1 path (or common path).
{RF29}
Internal shutdown (Band 2).
RAU Fault condition in band 2 path (or common path).
{RF30}
Internal shutdown (Band 3).
RAU Fault condition in band 3 path (or common path).
{RF31}
Problem detected in the system.
Contact TE Support for more information.
{RF32}
Problem detected in the RAU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
Page 216
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Messages for Main Hubs
MESSAGES FOR MAIN HUBS
Warning Messages
Warnings alert you to conditions that indicate possible service impact. Warnings are displayed in
the Messages pane in red lettering.
Before addressing warnings, ensure that all faults are resolved. Take appropriate action to
resolve the warnings, as indicated in the following tables.
NOTE:
AdminBrowser v000007 or higher displays events (faults, warnings, or status messages)
depending on your view preference. To change your view preference, refer to Section 3.5,
“Faults, Warnings, and Status Messages” of the Fusion Installation, Operation, and Maintenance
Manual.
Status Messages
Status messages alert you to conditions that are important, but generally do not impact service.
Status messages alert you to conditions that are important, but generally do not impact service.
Status messages are displayed in the Messages pane in blue lettering.
NOTE:
AdminBrowser v000007 or higher displays events (faults, warnings, or status messages)
depending on your view preference. To change your view preference, refer to Section 3.5,
“Faults, Warnings, and Status Messages” of the Fusion Installation, Operation, and Maintenance
Manual.
NOTE:
The icons displayed in the system status tree assume that there are no other faults, warnings, or
status present.
In Table 107 on page 218, the message number is in the following form:
[Mnn]/X
where
•
nn equals the message number
•
X equals the default of one of the following
– S—Status
– W—Warning.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 217
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix C: Faults, Warnings, Status Tables for Fusion, Fusion Wideband, Fusion SingleStar
Table 107.
Message
Warnings/Status Messages for Main Hubs
Description
Reason/Action
[M01]/S
Fan 1 failure.
Check the fan for rotation, air flow blockage, and dust. Replace the
Hub on high temperature warning.
[M02]/S
Fan 2 failure.
Check the fan for rotation, air flow blockage, and dust. Replace the
Hub on high temperature warning.
[M03]/S
54 VDC Pwr Supply Fan failure.
Check the fan for rotation, air flow blockage, and dust. Replace the
Hub on high temperature warning.
[M04]/W
5 VDC Monitor.
DC power out of range, replace the Hub.
[M05]/W
9 VDC Monitor.
DC power out of range, replace the Hub.
[M06]/W
54 VDC Monitor.
DC power out of range, replace the Hub.
[M07]/W
3 VDC Monitor.
DC power out of range, replace the Hub.
[M08]/W
12 VDC Monitor.
DC power out of range, replace the Hub.
[M09]/W
Temperature High.
Reduce ambient temperature, check for air flow blockage, fan
rotation.
[M10]/W
-5 VDC Monitor.
DC power is out of range, replace the Hub.
[M11]/W
High laser current.
Output laser failure possible, replace the Hub when possible.
[M12]/W
DL path loss is too high
Replace the Hub.
[M13]/S
Low input optical (Port 1).
Check the uplink fiber.
[M14]/S
Low input optical (Port 2).
Check the uplink fiber.
[M15]/S
Low input optical (Port 3).
Check the uplink fiber.
[M16]/S
Low input optical (Port 4).
Check the uplink fiber.
[M17]/S
Hardware failure (Test Tone PLL Band 1).
Unable to perform DL system test.
[M18]/S
Hardware failure (Test Tone Too High Band 1). Unable to perform DL system test.
[M19]/S
Hardware failure (Test Tone Too Low Band 1). Unable to perform DL system test.
[M20]/W
Overdrive limiter active (Band 1).
Reduce input signal power to avoid potential component damage.
[M21]/W
CEMark limiter at maximum (Band 1).
Reduce input signal power to avoid drop in system gain.
[M22]/W
No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub DL gain is low.
[M23]/S
No UL test tone (Band 1).
Hub UL path gain is low.
[M24]/S
Problem detected in the system.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[M25]/S
Hardware failure (Test Tone PLL Band 2).
Unable to perform DL system test. Replace the hub when possible.
[M26]/S
Hardware failure (Test Tone Too High Band 2). Unable to perform DL system test. Replace the hub when possible.
[M27]/S
Hardware failure (Test Tone Too Low Band 2). Unable to perform DL system test. Replace the hub when possible.
[M28]/W
Overdrive limiter active (Band 2).
Reduce input signal power to avoid potential component damage.
[M29]/W
CEMark limiter at maximum (Band 2).
Reduce input signal power to avoid drop in system gain.
[M30]/W
No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub DL path gain is low.
[M31]/S
No UL test tone (Band 2).
Hub UL path gain is low.
[M32]/S
Problem detected in the system.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[M33]/S
Hardware failure (Test Tone PLL Band 3).
Unable to perform DL system test.
[M34]/S
Hardware failure (Test Tone Too High Band 3). Unable to perform DL system test.
[M35]/S
Hardware failure (Test Tone Too Low Band 3). Unable to perform DL system test.
[M36]/W
Overdrive limiter active (Band 3).
Number/
Default
Page 218
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Reduce input signal power to avoid potential component damage.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Messages for Main Hubs
Table 107. Warnings/Status Messages for Main Hubs (Cont.)
Message
Description
Reason/Action
[M37]/W
CEMark limiter at maximum (Band 3).
Reduce input signal power to avoid drop in system gain.
[M38]/W
No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub DL path gain is low.
[M39]/S
No UL test tone (Band 3).
Hub UL path gain is low.
[M40]/S
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[M41]/W
Port 1 No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M42]/W
Port 2 No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M43]/W
Port 3 No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M44]/W
Port 4 No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M45]/W
Port 5 No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M46]/W
Port 6 No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M47]/W
Port 7 No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M48]/W
Port 8 No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M49]/W
Port 1 No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M50]/W
Port 2 No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M51]/W
Port 3 No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M52]/W
Port 4 No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M53]/W
Port 5 No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M54]/W
Port 6 No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M55]/W
Port 7 No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M56]/W
Port 8 No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M57]/W
Port 1 No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M58]/W
Port 2 No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M59]/W
Port 3 No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M60]/W
Port 4 No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M61]/W
Port 5 No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M62]/W
Port 6 No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M63]/W
Port 7 No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M64]/W
Port 8 No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[M65]/S
No UL test tone Port 1 (Band 1).
Hub/Port UL path gain is low.
[M66]/S
No UL test tone Port 2 (Band 1).
Hub/Port UL path gain is low.
[M67]/S
No UL test tone Port 3 (Band 1).
Hub/Port UL path gain is low.
[M68]/S
No UL test tone Port 4 (Band 1).
Hub/Port UL path gain is low.
[M69]/S
No UL test tone Port 1 (Band 2).
Hub/Port UL path gain is low.
[M70]/S
No UL test tone Port 2 (Band 2).
Hub/Port UL path gain is low.
[M71]/S
No UL test tone Port 3 (Band 2).
Hub/Port UL path gain is low.
[M72]/S
No UL test tone Port 4 (Band 2).
Hub/Port UL path gain is low.
[M73]/S
No UL test tone Port 1 (Band 3).
Hub/Port UL path gain is low.
[M74]/S
No UL test tone Port 2 (Band 3).
Hub/Port UL path gain is low.
[M75]/S
No UL test tone Port 3 (Band 3).
Hub/Port UL path gain is low.
Number/
Default
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 219
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix C: Faults, Warnings, Status Tables for Fusion, Fusion Wideband, Fusion SingleStar
Table 107. Warnings/Status Messages for Main Hubs (Cont.)
Message
Description
Reason/Action
[M76]/S
No UL test tone Port 4 (Band 3).
Hub/Port UL path gain is low.
[M77]/S
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[M78]/S
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[M79]/S
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[M80]/S
Problem detected in the Hub.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[M81]/W
Port 1 DL path loss is high.
If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub. Switch
the cable connection to a different hub port until the Hub can be
replaced.
[M82]/W
Port 2 DL path loss is high.
If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub. Switch
the cable connection to a different hub port until the Hub can be
replaced.
[M83]/W
Port 3 DL path loss is high.
If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub. Switch
the cable connection to a different hub port until the Hub can be
replaced.
[M84]/W
Port 4 DL path loss is high.
If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub. Switch
the cable connection to a different hub port until the Hub can be
replaced.
[M85]/W
Port 5 DL path loss is high.
If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub. Switch
the cable connection to a different hub port until the Hub can be
replaced.
[M86]/W
Port 6 DL path loss is high.
If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub. Switch
the cable connection to a different hub port until the Hub can be
replaced.
[M87]/W
Port 7 DL path loss is high.
If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub. Switch
the cable connection to a different hub port until the Hub can be
replaced.
[M88]/W
Port 8 DL path loss is high.
If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub. Switch
the cable connection to a different hub port until the Hub can be
replaced.
[M89]/W
Port 1 UL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a
different hub port. If the problem on more than one port, replace
the Hub, otherwise replace the RAU.
[M90]/W
Port 2 UL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a
different hub port. If the problem is on more than one port, replace
the Hub, otherwise replace the RAU.
[M91]/W
Port 3 UL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a
different hub port. If the problem is on more than one port, replace
the Hub, otherwise replace the RAU.
[M92]/W
Port 4 UL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a
different hub port. If the problem is on more than one port, replace
the Hub, otherwise replace the RAU.
[M93]/W
Port 5 UL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a
different hub port. If the problem is on more than one port, replace
the Hub, otherwise replace the RAU.
Number/
Default
Page 220
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Messages for Main Hubs
Table 107. Warnings/Status Messages for Main Hubs (Cont.)
Message
Description
Reason/Action
[M94]/W
Port 6 UL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a
different hub port. If the problem is on more than one port, replace
the Hub, otherwise replace the RAU.
[M95]/W
Port 7 UL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a
different hub port. If the problem is on more than one port, replace
the Hub, otherwise replace the RAU.
[M96]/W
Port 8 UL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a
different hub port. If the problem is on more than one port, replace
the Hub, otherwise replace the RAU.
[M97]/W
Port 1 UL path exceeds maximum gain.
If the problem is common to more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise check the RAU.
[M98]/W
Port 2 UL path exceeds maximum gain.
If the problem is common to more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise check the RAU.
[M99]/W
Port 2 UL path exceeds maximum gain.
If the problem is common to more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise check the RAU.
[M100]/W
Port 2 UL path exceeds maximum gain.
If the problem is common to more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise check the RAU.
[M101]/W
Port 2 UL path exceeds maximum gain.
If the problem is common to more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise check the RAU.
[M102]/W
Port 2 UL path exceeds maximum gain.
If the problem is common to more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise check the RAU.
[M103]/W
Port 2 UL path exceeds maximum gain.
If the problem is common to more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise check the RAU.
[M104]/W
Port 8 UL path exceeds maximum gain.
If the problem is common to more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise check the RAU.
[M105]/W
Port 1 54 VDC Power Enabled.
Caution: Port 54 VDC power may be present at the output.
[M106]/W
Port 2 54 VDC Power Enabled.
Caution: Port 54 VDC power may be present at the output.
[M107]/W
Port 3 54 VDC Power Enabled.
Caution: Port 54 VDC power may be present at the output.
[M108]/W
Port 4 54 VDC Power Enabled.
Caution: Port 54 VDC power may be present at the output.
[M109]/W
Port 5 54 VDC Power Enabled.
Caution: Port 54 VDC power may be present at the output.
[M110]/W
Port 6 54 VDC Power Enabled.
Caution: Port 54 VDC power may be present at the output.
[M111]/W
Port 7 54 VDC Power Enabled.
Caution: Port 54 VDC power may be present at the output.
[M112]/W
Port 8 54 VDC Power Enabled.
Caution: Port 54 VDC power may be present at the output.
Number/
Default
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 221
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix C: Faults, Warnings, Status Tables for Fusion, Fusion Wideband, Fusion SingleStar
MESSAGES FOR SYSTEM CPUS
In Table 108, the message number is in the following form:
[Snn]/X
where
•
nn equals the message number
•
X equals the default of one of the following
– S—Status
– W—Warning.
Table 108.
Warning/Status Messages for System CPUs
Message
Number/
Default
Description
Reason/Action
[S01]/W
Alarm Input 1.
Check equipment connected to alarm input 1.
[S02]/W
Alarm Input 2.
Check equipment connected to alarm input 2.
[S03]/W
Alarm Input 3.
Check equipment connected to alarm input 3.
[S04]/S
Performed System Test
System has just performed system test.
[S05]/S
Problem detected in the System CPU. Contact TE Support for more information.
[S06]/S
Loaded default etb file.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[S07]/S
Loaded default SBC status file.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[S08]/S
Problem detected in the System CPU. Contact TE Support for more information.
[S09]/S
TTL is full.
[S10]/S
Problem detected in the System CPU. Contact TE Support for more information.
[S11]/S
Problem detected in the System CPU. Contact TE Support for more information.
[S12]/S
Loaded default Password file.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[S13]/S
Loaded default sys config file.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[S14]/S
Communication retries exceeded.
Attempted command three times without response.
[S15]/S
Problem detected in the System CPU. Contact TE Support for more information.
[S16]/S
Problem detected in the System CPU. Contact TE Support for more information.
Page 222
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Retrieve the TTL and erase.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Messages for Expansion Hubs
MESSAGES FOR EXPANSION HUBS
Table 109. Warning/Status Message for Expansion Hubs
Message
Number/De
fault
Description
Reason/Action
[E01]/W
Alarm Input 1.
Check the equipment connected to alarm input 1.
[E02]/W
Alarm Input 2.
Check the equipment connected to alarm input 2.
[E03]/W
Alarm Input 3.
Check the equipment connected to alarm input 3.
[E04]/S
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[E05]/W
SNMP Trap #1.
TBD.
[E06]/W
SNMP Trap #2.
TBD.
[E07]/W
SNMP Trap #3.
TBD.
[E08]/S
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[E09]/S
Fan 1 failure.
Check the fan for proper rotation, air flow blockage, and dust accumulation.
Replace the Hub on high temperature warning.
[E10]/S
Fan 2 failure.
Check the fan for proper rotation, air flow blockage, and dust accumulation.
Replace the Hub on high temperature warning.
[E11]/W
-5 VDC Monitor.
DC power out of range, replace the Hub.
[E12]/W
5 VDC Monitor.
DC power out of range, replace the Hub.
[E13]/W
9 VDC Monitor.
DC power out of range, replace the Hub.
[E14]/W
54 VDC Pwr Supply failure.
DC port power supply out of range, replace the Hub.
[E15]/W
3 VDC Monitor.
DC power out of range, replace the Hub.
[E16]/W
12 VDC Monitor.
DC power out of range, replace the Hub.
[E17]/W
Temperature High.
Reduce the ambient temperature, check for air flow blockage, fan rotation.
[E18]/W
DL path exceeds maximum gain.
If the problem is common to more than one port, replace the MH, otherwise
check the EH.
[E19]/W
DL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a different
MH port. If the problem is on more than one port, replace the EH, otherwise
replace the RAU.
[E20]/W
Hardware Failure (High UL Pilot).
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the EH.
[E21]/W
Hardware Failure (Low UL Pilot).
Cycle power once. If the fault persists, replace the EH.
[E22]/W
Low optical input power.
Check the downlink fiber connection.
[E23]/W
High laser current.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[E24]/S
Problem detected in the EH.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[E25]/W
Port 1 No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E26]/W
Port 2 No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E27]/W
Port 3 No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E28]/W
Port 4 No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E29]/W
Port 5 No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E30]/W
Port 6 No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E31]/W
Port 7 No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E32]/W
Port 8 No DL test tone (Band 1).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E33]/W
Port 1 No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 223
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix C: Faults, Warnings, Status Tables for Fusion, Fusion Wideband, Fusion SingleStar
Table 109.
Warning/Status Message for Expansion Hubs (Cont.)
Message
Number/De
fault
Description
Reason/Action
[E34]/W
Port 2 No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E35]/W
Port 3 No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E36]/W
Port 4 No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E37]/W
Port 5 No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E38]/W
Port 6 No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E39]/W
Port 7 No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E40]/W
Port 8 No DL test tone (Band 2).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E41]/W
Port 1 No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E42]/W
Port 2 No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E43]/W
Port 3 No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E44]/W
Port 4 No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E45]/W
Port 5 No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E46]/W
Port 6 No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E47]/W
Port 7 No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E48]/W
Port 8 No DL test tone (Band 3).
Hub/Port DL path gain is low.
[E49]/W
Port 1 DL path loss is high.
If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub. Switch the cable
connection to a different hub port until the Hub can be replaced.
[E50]/W
Port 2 DL path loss is high.
If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub. Switch the cable
connection to a different hub port until the Hub can be replaced.
[E51]/W
Port 3 DL path loss is high.
If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub. Switch the cable
connection to a different hub port until the Hub can be replaced.
[E52]/W
Port 4 DL path loss is high.
If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub. Switch the cable
connection to a different hub port until the Hub can be replaced.
[E53]/W
Port 5 DL path loss is high.
If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub. Switch the cable
connection to a different hub port until the Hub can be replaced.
[E54]/W
Port 6 DL path loss is high.
If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub. Switch the cable
connection to a different hub port until the Hub can be replaced.
[E55]/W
Port 7 DL path loss is high.
If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub. Switch the cable
connection to a different hub port until the Hub can be replaced.
[E56]/W
Port 8 DL path loss is high.
If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub. Switch the cable
connection to a different hub port until the Hub can be replaced.
[E57]/W
Port 1 UL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a different
hub port. If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise replace the RAU.
[E58]/W
Port 2 UL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a different
hub port. If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise replace the RAU.
[E59]/W
Port 3 UL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a different
hub port. If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise replace the RAU.
[E60]/W
Port 4 UL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a different
hub port. If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise replace the RAU.
Page 224
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Messages for Expansion Hubs
Table 109.
Warning/Status Message for Expansion Hubs (Cont.)
Message
Number/De
fault
Description
Reason/Action
[E61]/W
Port 5 UL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a different
hub port. If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise replace the RAU.
[E62]/W
Port 6 UL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a different
hub port. If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise replace the RAU.
[E63]/W
Port 7 UL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a different
hub port. If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise replace the RAU.
[E64]/W
Port 8 UL path loss is high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a different
hub port. If the problem is on more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise replace the RAU.
[E65]/W
Port 1 UL path exceeds maximum gain. If the problem is common to more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise check RAU.
[E66]/W
Port 2 UL path exceeds maximum gain. If the problem is common to more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise check RAU.
[E67]/W
Port 3 UL path exceeds maximum gain. If the problem is common to more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise check RAU.
[E68]/W
Port 4 UL path exceeds maximum gain. If the problem is common to more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise check RAU.
[E69]/W
Port 5 UL path exceeds maximum gain. If the problem is common to more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise check RAU.
[E70]/W
Port 6 UL path exceeds maximum gain. If the problem is common to more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise check RAU.
[E71]/W
Port 7 UL path exceeds maximum gain. If problem is common to more than one port, replace the Hub, otherwise
check RAU.
[E72]/W
Port 8 UL path exceeds maximum gain. If the problem is common to more than one port, replace the Hub,
otherwise check RAU.
[E73]/W
Port 1 54 VDC Power Enabled.
Caution: Port 54 VDC power may be present at the output.
[E74]/W
Port 2 54 VDC Power Enabled.
Caution: Port 54 VDC power may be present at the output.
[E75]/W
Port 3 54 VDC Power Enabled.
Caution: Port 54 VDC power may be present at the output.
[E76]/W
Port 4 54 VDC Power Enabled.
Caution: Port 54 VDC power may be present at the output.
[E77]/W
Port 5 54 VDC Power Enabled.
Caution: Port 54 VDC power may be present at the output.
[E78]/W
Port 6 54 VDC Power Enabled.
Caution: Port 54 VDC power may be present at the output.
[E79]/W
Port 7 54 VDC Power Enabled.
Caution: Port 54 VDC power may be present at the output.
[E80]/W
Port 8 54 VDC Power Enabled.
Caution: Port 54 VDC power may be present at the output.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 225
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix C: Faults, Warnings, Status Tables for Fusion, Fusion Wideband, Fusion SingleStar
MESSAGES FOR RAUS
In Table 110, the message number is in the following form:
[Rnn]/X
where
•
nn equals the message number
•
X equals the default of one of the following
– S—Status
– W—Warning.
Table 110.
Warning/Status Messages for RAUs
Message
Number
Default
Description
Reason/Action
[R01]/W
Temperature High.
Check RAU location for excessive temperature; check for air flow
blockage and/or incorrect installation. Move the RAU to a cooler
environment.
[R02]/W
No communications from Hub.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a
different hub port. If the problem persists, replace the RAU.
[R03]/W
DL RF path loss is too high.
Check the cable for high RF loss. Switch the cable connection to a
different hub port. If the problem persists, replace the RAU.
[R04]/W
DL RF path exceeds maximum gain.
Check the Hub for proper operation; switch the cable connection
to a different hub port. If the problem persists, replace the RAU.
[R05]/S
DL RF path problem (Band 1).
Unable to complete the DL system end-to-end test, replace the
RAU when possible.
[R06]/S
DL RF path problem (Band 2).
Unable to complete the DL system end-to-end test, replace the
RAU when possible.
[R07]/S
DL RF path problem (Band 3).
Unable to complete the DL system end-to-end test, replace the
RAU when possible.
[R08]/S
System test required.
Run system test.
[R09]/W
Antenna Disconnected.
Check RAU antenna connection; re-run system test.
[R10]/S
UL RF path problem (Band 1).
Unable to complete the UL system end-to-end test, replace the
RAU when possible.
[R11]/S
UL RF path problem (Band 2).
Unable to complete the UL system end-to-end test, replace the
RAU when possible.
[R12]/S
UL RF path problem (Band 3).
Unable to complete the UL system end-to-end test, replace the
RAU when possible.
[R13]/S
Problem detected in the RAU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[R14]/S
Problem detected in the RAU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[R15]/S
Problem detected in the RAU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[R16]/S
Problem detected in the RAU.
Contact TE Support for more information.
[R17]/S
Antenna disconnected (Band 1).
Check the RAU Band 1 antenna, then rerun the system test.
[R18]/S
Antenna disconnected (Band 2).
Check the RAU Band 2 antenna, then rerun the system test.
[R19]/S
Hardware Failure (UL FD PLL Band 1).
Unable to complete a UL system end-to-end test. Replace the RAU
when possible.
[R20]/W
TDD signaling tone outside valid range (Band 1). If the Main Hub and Expansion Hub are okay, replace the RAU.
Page 226
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Messages for RAUs
Table 110. Warning/Status Messages for RAUs (Cont.)
Message
Number
Default
Description
[R21]/W
TDD signaling tone outside valid range (Band 2). If the Main Hub and Expansion Hub are okay, replace the RAU.
[R22]/S
High PA current (Band 1).
The unit is operating with reduced gain. Verify that the input signal
is at the appropriate level. If the problem persists, replace the RAU
when possible.
[R23]/S
High PA current (Band 2).
The unit is operating with reduced gain. Verify that the input signal
is at the appropriate level. If the problem persists, replace the RAU
when possible.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Reason/Action
Page 227
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix C: Faults, Warnings, Status Tables for Fusion, Fusion Wideband, Fusion SingleStar
Page 228
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
APPENDIX D: CONTACTING TE CONNECTIVITY
Topics
Page
Accessing the TE Customer Portal ........................................................................................................................................ 230
Technical Assistance ............................................................................................................................................................ 231
Contacting TE Connectivity .................................................................................................................................................. 232
The information in this appendix tells you how to access the TE Connectivity Customer Portal,
from which you can download user documentation and data sheets. It also tells you how you can
contact TE Connectivity.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev H • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 229
©2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix D: Contacting TE Connectivity
ACCESSING THE TE CUSTOMER PORTAL
You can access additional user documentation on the TE Customer Portal, as described below.
Click on the following URL link:
https://www.te.com/portal/wireless/
(Alternatively, enter the preceding URL into your web browser, and then press ENTER on your
keyboard.)
Access to the Customer Portal requires a user account and password. On the Sign In page, do
one of the following:
•
If you have an account, in the Already Registered? Sign In Now panel, enter your Email and
Password, and then click Sign In.
•
If you don’t have an account, under Create an Account, click Register Now and follow the
prompts.
On the Wireless Customer Portal home page in the Knowledge Center panel, click the Manuals
and Data Sheets link.
On the Manuals and Data Sheets page, do the following:
a In the Document Repository panel, scroll to the section for the product line of the
document that you want to access.
b Click on the title of the manual that you wish to open.
c (Optional) Save the PDF to your computer.
Page 230
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Technical Assistance
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
Call our help hot line for technical assistance; see “Contacting TE Connectivity 232” on page 229.
Please provide your name, phone number, and e-mail address, along with the following
information:
•
company name
•
end user name
•
type of system, model number, frequency
•
approximate time in service (warranty), sales order number
•
description of problem
•
LED status
•
AdminBrowser faults, warnings, and status messages
A TE customer service representative will contact you with assistance.
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015
Page 231
© 2015 TE Connectivity
Appendix D: Contacting TE Connectivity
CONTACTING TE CONNECTIVITY
Telephone Numbers
Sales
Asia Pacific
+65-6294-9948
France
0800 914032
Germany
0180 2232923
Italy
0800 782374
Spain
900 983291
United Kingdom
0800 960236
USA or Canada
1-800-366-3891
Extension
Connectivity Extension
Wireless Extension
73000
73475
73476
Technical Support
USA or Canada
1-800-530-9960
Elsewhere
+1-952-917-0761
Online Access
Customer Portal
https://www.te.com/portal/wireless/
Technical Support for Wireless Products
http://www.te.com/WirelessSupport
Mailing Address
541 E. Trimble Road
San Jose, California
95131-1224 USA
Page 232
© 2015 TE Connectivity
InterReach Fusion Wideband Installation, Operation, and Reference Manual
D-620616-0-20 Rev K • TECP-77-044 Issue 9 • March 2015


Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.7
Linearized                      : Yes
Author                          : TE106558
Create Date                     : 2015:03:17 14:50:46Z
Modify Date                     : 2015:03:31 13:19:28-07:00
Tagged PDF                      : Yes
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26
Creator Tool                    : FrameMaker 11.0.2
Metadata Date                   : 2015:03:31 13:19:28-07:00
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 11.0 (Windows)
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : 77044p9.book
Creator                         : TE106558
Document ID                     : uuid:13a482cb-c367-4c2d-84e1-c0feeaacf316
Instance ID                     : uuid:7568d804-435d-4521-bb18-fcd622175ccf
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 242
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools
FCC ID Filing: NOO-F0851-111

Navigation menu